You are on page 1of 158

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO

HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

XJ Series Sedan 1998


Electrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications


Jaguar Cars Limited

Publication Part Number – JTP 608


XJ Series 1998 Introduction

Electrical Guide Format


This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / elec-
tronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)


VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, first
introduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greater
flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)
for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.
Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,
or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this
book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,
the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain
control modules.

The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 1


Table of Contents XJ Series 1998

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11


User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 12 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution ............................................................................................. 20
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 21
Ground Point Identification and Location .................................................................... 22
Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 23
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 24 – 28
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 29

NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.

2 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Table of Contents

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes ..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles

02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles

03 Battery; Starter; Generator


03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles

04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
04.7 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles

05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles

06 Anti-Lock Braking
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles

07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles

08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings


08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles

09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Front ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
09.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.5 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 3


Table of Contents XJ Series 1998

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles

11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension


11.1 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
11.2 ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... Powered Column Vehicles
11.3 ...... Mirror Movement: Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles
11.4 ...... Mirror Movement: Non-Memory .................................................... Non-Memory Vehicles
11.5 ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles
11.6 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles

12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
12.7 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
12.8 ...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats ................................................ LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.10 .... Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................................... Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles

13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS ............................................................. NAS Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System


14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles

15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof


15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD .................................................... LHD Vehicles
15.2 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD ................................................... RHD Vehicles

16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE); Telephone


16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
16.3 ...... Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

17 Supplementary Restraint System


17.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners ................................................... All Vehicles

18 Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors ............... All Vehicles

19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems


19.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks ................................................................ All Vehicles
19.2 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................ All Vehicles

4 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Component Index

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) ............................. Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL ............................................... Fig. 11.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ........................................... Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ........... Fig. 04.4
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH ....................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ..................................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR .................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ............................................... Fig. 08.2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY .................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
BLOWER AIR INTAKES ........................................................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS .................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
CLOCK .................................................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 COLUMN JOY STICK .............................................................. Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 5


Component Index XJ Series 1998

CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 04.4 DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR ................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) .................. Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.6
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
DIMMER CONTROL ................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ........................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DIP BEAM RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................ Fig. 07.2
DIRECTION INDICATORS ....................................................... Fig. 09.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR ............................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR ......................... Fig. 10.1 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR .................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH ........................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
E-POST LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 EGR VALVE ............................................................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
EMS CONTROL RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.3

6 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Component Index

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ............................................. Fig. 04.1
FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
FASCIA SWITCH PACK ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 GARAGE DOOR OPENER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1

FOG LAMP SWITCHES ........................................................... Fig. 09.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

FOLD-BACK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 11.5 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.3

FOLD-OUT RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 11.5 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ..................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1

FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR .................................... Fig. 13.1 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 09.5
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ........................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2

FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ...................................... Fig. 13.1 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY .................................................. Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
HEATER PUMP RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL PUMP 1 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

FUEL PUMP 2 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.7 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 ............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ............................................................. Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR ........................................... Fig. 04.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 7


Component Index XJ Series 1998

HORN RELAY .......................................................................... Fig. 13.3 KEYFOB ANTENNA ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
HORN SWITCHES ................................................................... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
IGNITION COIL RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.4
KEYLOCK SOLENOID ............................................................. Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
KICKDOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 05.1
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS .................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
LAMP UNITS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
LIGHTING STALK .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH ............................................. Fig. 12.8
INSTRUMENT PACK ............................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 MAIN BEAM RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) .......... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 MIRROR JOY STICK ................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 ................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 04.7 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................ Fig. 13.3
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1

8 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Component Index

OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ..... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.8
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8

POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.2 SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER ............................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ...................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.9
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR .............................................. Fig. 12.9
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT LOWER RELAY .............................................................. Fig. 12.3
RADIO ..................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR ......................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR ............................................. Fig. 12.8
REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................ Fig. 09.3
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH .......................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .................. Fig. 12.3

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.4 SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.4
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................ Fig. 17.1 SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 12.3

SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 08.2 SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................ Fig. 12.5

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1 SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR .................... Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ............................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 9


Component Index XJ Series 1998

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.3 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR ................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ....... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS ............................................................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

SIDE MARKERS – FRONT ....................................................... Fig. 09.1 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR .......................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ............. Fig. 09.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.4
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE ..................................... Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.3
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ......................................................... Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) .......................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 TELEPHONE HANDSET .......................................................... Fig. 16.3

SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE ................................................... Fig. 16.3

SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS ............................................. Fig. 16.2 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.3

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS ...................................... Fig. 16.1 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ...................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ...................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER ......................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER ........................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5 TRAILER CONNECTOR ........................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ...................................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH ........................... Fig. 06.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC .................... Fig. 05.2
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........ Fig. 05.1
STARTER RELAY ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC .......... Fig. 05.2

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1

STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.3 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

SUBWOOFER ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 08.1

SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Component Index

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCHES ................................................. Fig. 13.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 13.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER ........................................ Fig. 11.1

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1

WASH / WIPE STALK .............................................................. Fig. 14.1

WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1

WINDOW LIFT MOTORS ........................................................ Fig. 15.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES ..................................................... Fig. 15.1


................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ............................................. Fig. 07.2

WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY .................................................. Fig. 14.1

WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY .................................................... Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 11


User Instructions XJ Series 1998

Figure and Data Page Layout


Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.1


BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
COMPONENTS
P Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2) Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATION BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
P Pin Description Active Inactive ST4 / EYELET
D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
BT62 / EYELET
D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+ KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
P Pin Description Active Inactive ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

XJ Series 1998 Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1

BT65 BATTERY HIGH POWER


PROTECTION MODULE

NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

BK RU RU LOGIC
I
CCS5 CC21-3 CC21-1 FC7-3 FC15-7
BK POWER

NEUTRAL
CC3R SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START

SO D
FUEL PUMP
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I CONTROL FC22-11
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) AND
EM10-15 IGNITION SU D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17

O.K. TO START D O O D O.K. TO START


EM10-6 EM2-15 FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR WR
ST3 EM60-2

ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
REGULATOR
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
SW SW SW ST2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR

N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4

B
AN3-2 AN2

GENERATOR

SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE


FIGURE PAGE

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 13


User Instructions XJ Series 1998

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X Ignition Switched Power Supply
I II E

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X XX XX
I II Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are over-
lapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.

Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I O D C S
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-
ployed on the corresponding data page.

14 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 User Instructions

Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes


N Brown O Orange
SPLICE
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE K Pink U Blue
BULB G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
CAPACITOR
Y Yellow

CONNECTOR When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
DIODE
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
XX1-X XX1 XX1-X AN Generator link harness
BB Rear seat motors and heaters harness
BC Rear seat center console harness
EYELET AND STUD BL Bumper harness – LH front
BR Bumper harness – RH front
BS Rear seat link harness
FUSE BT Trunk harness
CA Cabin harness
CC Center console harness
LOGIC GROUND
CF Radiator cooling fan harness
DD Driver door harness
EM Engine management harness
POWER GROUND FC Fascia harness
FL Axle harness – LH front
FP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
LED FR Axle harness – RH front
GB Transmission harness
LED
HP Steering wheel horn switch harness
IC In-car entertainment harness
MOTOR
IJ Fuel injector harness – supercharged
LA Axle harness – LH rear
POTENTIOMETER LL Power steering link harness
LS Forward harness
PD Passenger door harness
RESISTOR
PI Engine harness
RA Axle harness – RH rear
SOLENOID RD Rear driver door harness
RP Rear passenger door harness
XXXXX
-XX RT Radio telephone harness
SPLICE HEADER -XX SC Steering column switchgear harness
-XX
SH Windshield heater link harness
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SM-D Driver seat harness
SM-P Passenger seat harness
SR Sliding roof motor link harness
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
ST Main power harness
SW Steering wheel harness
THERMISTOR

Code Numbering
TRANSISTOR
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
WIRE CONTINUED etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
ZENER DIODE
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 15


User Instructions XJ Series 1998

Harness Component Numbers

Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)


FC7-15 (RHD)

Harness code Pin number


Connector number

Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.

RHS3 RHS3

SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code Splice number
Splice

Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components and
identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;
pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE: CA223
-5
-4
-6

Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2

Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this in-
stance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
CA20 4 CA20 9
3 5 8 10

1 2 6 7

16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 User Instructions

Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)

Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified
by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).

L R

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES:
Harness code Harness code Harness code
Ground eyelet number Ground eyelet number Ground eyelet number

CC2( ) LS2R BT2L

Single leg eyelet RH eyelet leg LH eyelet leg

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designa-
tion is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:

EM2R LHD Vehicles


BT2L Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
(EM1R) RHD Vehicles

NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codes
may be connected to a ground stud.

SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey line
indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:

– S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


U S –
DD10-9 RD10-9

+ S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


S S +
DD10-16 RD10-16

DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

– S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


U S –
PD10-9 RP10-9

+ S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


S S +
PD10-16 RP10-16

PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 17


Connectors XJ Series 1998

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.

Multilock 040 Multilock 070


Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector). High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Econoseal III LC Econoseal III HC


Low current sealed connector. High current sealed connector.

Ford Card Through Panel


Used for SRS only. 54-way connector.

18 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Connectors

Augat 1.6 Augat 1.6


2-way connector. 3-way connector.

Augat 1.6 Augat 1.6


4-way connector. 6-way connector.

Augat 1.6
8-way connector.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 19


Main Power Distribution XJ Series 1998

ST4
GENERATOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ST19
FUSE BOX

ENGINE MANAGEMENT ST21


FUSE BOX ST20
STARTER
MOTOR ST2

ST1
ST5
ST6
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

LH HEELBOARD RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
ST15 ST14 ST13

BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT60
BT62
BT63

+ BT66

BATTERY
BT67
– BT65

TRUNK FUSE BOX


BT64

20 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Harness Layout Harness Layout

LHD RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF) HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL) RH FRONT (BR) LH FRONT (BL) RH FRONT (BR)

BL1 LS32 BR1 BL1 LS32 BR1

POWER STEERING POWER STEERING


LINK HARNESS (LL) LINK HARNESS (LL)
EM1 ENGINE HARNESS (PI) EM1 ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
EM51 EM51

LL2 LL2

LS1 LS2 LS1 LS2

AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL) AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR) AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL) AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FORWARD HARNESS (LS)


HARNESS (EM)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
PI1 ENGINE MANAGEMENT PI1
PI2 PI2
HARNESS (EM)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH) WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH) TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
EM44
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB) EM44
FASCIA HARNESS (FC) EM42 EM42
LS3 EM53 EM2 LS3 EM2 EM53
EM63 EM3 EM3 EM63 FASCIA HARNESS (FC)

FC5 FC1 FC1 FC7 FC5


FC7
FC11 FC11
CA19 CA20 CA19 CA20
CA8 CA11 CA11 CA8
CA10 CA12 CA12 CA10
SC1 SC1
STEERING COLUMN SC2 CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC) SC2
SC3 CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC) SC3 STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC) SC4 SC4 SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
SW10 SW1 RT2 RT2 SW10 SW1
STEERING WHEEL SW2 SW2
HARNESS (SW) RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT) STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT) HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD) PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD) PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD) DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
CA23 CA27 CA27 CA23
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
CA66 CA72 CA66 CA72
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D) PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P) PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P) DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
CA13 CA16 CA16 CA13
CA14 CA45 CA45 CA14
CA46 CA46

CABIN HARNESS (CA) IC1 CA109 REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB) CABIN HARNESS (CA) IC1 CA109 REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
IC3 IC3

DRIVER REAR PASSENGER REAR PASSENGER REAR DRIVER REAR


DOOR HARNESS (RD) DOOR HARNESS (RP) DOOR HARNESS (RP) DOOR HARNESS (RD)
CA29 CA29
CA9 CA9
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA) AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA) AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA) AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)

BT4 BT4

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT


HARNESS (IC) TRUNK HARNESS (BT) HARNESS (IC) TRUNK HARNESS (BT)

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 21


Ground Point Identification and Location Ground Point Identification and Location XJ Series 1998

DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)


PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA25

LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW


CA30
CA36

LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:


CC2 CABIN SIDE
FC29

LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW EMS LH GROUND STUD


CA38 EM8
CA110

KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND ENGINE GROUND SCREW


BT34

LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD ABS GROUND STUD


IC6 LS29
IC20

LH FORWARD GROUND STUD


LS10
LS18

RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD RH FORWARD GROUND STUD


BT20 LS19
BT21 LS20

BATTERY GROUND STUD EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD


BT65 EM16
EM17
EM18
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
BT22 CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
BT28 CC3
FC17
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND CA33
EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES:
BT28
BT44 RADIO GROUND

RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)


(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA48 CA26

RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD


CA31
CA47

22 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Control Module Identification and Location Control Module Identification and Location

LHD RHD

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RADIATOR FAN CONTROL


RELAY MODULE RELAY MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL ABS / TRACTION CONTROL


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SINGLE POINT SENSOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
KEY TRANSPONDER TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION MODULE
MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPING ADAPTIVE DAMPING AIR CONDITIONING


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT PACK
SLIDING ROOF SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE GARAGE DOOR OPENER CONTROL MODULE GARAGE DOOR OPENER

DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR DRIVER DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT DRIVER SEAT


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR GEAR SELECTOR


ILLUMINATION MODULE ILLUMINATION MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

REAR SEAT REAR SEAT


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING SECURITY AND LOCKING


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 23


Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XJ Series 1998

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES: EM13-12 – PY; EM13-13 – RW

EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10

4.0 N/A NAS


EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS — — — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU — — — — WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— RY RG BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG — RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N U N R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RU OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK —

4.0 N/A ROW; 3.2


EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS — — — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU — — — — WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— RY RG BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG — RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N — — R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RU OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B

4.0 SC NAS
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS RY KB — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU YR YN YG YU WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— — — BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG UP RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N U N R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RS OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B

4.0 SC ROW
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS RY KB — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU YR YN YG YU WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— — — BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG UP RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N — — R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RS OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B

24 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A


TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

EM61 EM62

EM7

EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK


28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
BY — NR — — BRD UY BU — — BS — U BRD N US RP — — W RB — B OG OK — RS OU
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 37 38 L H
55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 — — LGB LGU LGP LGN WB B B BY BU BO BN BR G Y
WB WB RU RY OB — — — — — RG R — G — — — — Y S — B YP YU — YB OR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17
88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 YU BS P — — — — — — — BG BW BK BLG BP BS
— — Y G — Y G — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

INSTRUMENT PACK

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

LS27

FC24 FC25 LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
FC24 / 48-WAY / BLACK FC25 / 24-WAY / BLACK W R UP WU P U — B NY

TOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BK WG — — — SO — — — SU — — UY R — — — — S U — — Y Y — — PY SG OU UB OB — — — — — — — — UB R G RY
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
— B RO — — — — — BR — Y O — — — — — — — — — — G G BW RW — YW — — OS UW RLG SW OP — UO US S G Y Y O B NR

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 25


Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XJ Series 1998

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE


FC15

BT2 BT1
* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED

FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (LHD)


79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
NG NB GR GR GB U S OP SK YG YW BK BK SU YK LGO RS PW — — PN BR PW NB — NY

53 54 55 56* 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
RK RB SP UM GR SB PY RY KG — SG — — PU UR US OK GS SR YU — RW GR GK RG PG
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
YK RW — U GB WN WY LGK OU — LGR OR Y WU RW UY WLG OY UG YB YLG OG GO GY RW BS 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — — — — LGS — GW RY — — — US S RO NK YW OG UW — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
RY GY GK GU SO YW — — LGU RW YB OP — UB WO RY OY YS BLG OG SO — — NW B YG YO — — — — — — — — — — — — U NY BK BK — — — UB

FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (RHD)


79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
NG NB GR GR GB U S OP SK YG YR BK BK SU YK LGO RS PW — — PN BR PW NB — NY

53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
RK RB SP UW GR SB PY RY KG — SG — — PU UR US OK GS SR YU — RW GR GK RG PG
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
YK RW — U GB WN WY LGK OU — LGR OR Y WU RW UY WLG OY UG YB YLG OG GO GY RW BS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RY GY GK GU SO YW — — LGU RW YB OP — UB WO RY OY YS BLG OG SO — — NW B YG

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE


ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

EM68

CA61 FC22

CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK


OS
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
9
R R S S P P YR Y YU Y — YR Y — YU Y — YR BK WK N U N U R SU OG OR O U NR BRD BRD — — PB UB RB — OB U US NS K — OS OW OW OY OY —
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
— — — — — — — — — — Y — — — — — — — — — — — — — — RB RW UW Y O UB WO WN BK SO SO — UW — — — — — — O WK — OB OG OP — — B

26 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28

CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 B GW OU PG LGW BW BK O 22 SY SR — — UB KU — OR YG — UY — UK GP 14 15 LGN RW LGP RU SR Y NR — 24 25 26
WR B — — — — UR GU
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 11 1 2 11 12 13
WN WU NY PY UG P UN K ULG S SG — OY UG OP RG YW — SU SG US GO UY PS KW RY PR PY RB —
WP GY — RLG U — UW UO

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY

SM1-D SM2-D SM3-D SM1-D SM3-D

SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10
PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW WB WB — — W W — — — — — — — GW — GY S U PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW GW — GY S U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5
RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO WB WB — — W W — WP WU WO WR WY — BK B KS KO NK RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO BK B KS KO NK

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE

BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1

SM1-P SM3-P

SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
11 2 1 11 2 1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
— — — SY — —
PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW GW — GY S U GO GS PO PS OU OS PW PY RY — — — — — NW B NK B — — B — — — — — — —
22 13 12 22 13 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 12 11 10 9 8 7 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 12 11 10 9 8 7 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
— — — B — B
RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO — B KS KO NK GR GW OW B PW PR — RW UW UY YW YG GW GY NW — — — — — — — — — — — — —

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 27


Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XJ Series 1998

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DD11 DD10 PD11 PD10

* ROW NON-MEMORY: DD11-2 NOT USED

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS) PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BP BY OB OU OR UG BK UW — SY ON OG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — SY — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BW — OU OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BG U BK — — — — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BN BS G — BO SN — OK OU WU BR B B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD) PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
7 6 5 4 3 2* 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BP BY OB OU OR UG BK UW SU SY ON OG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW SU SY — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BW — OU OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BG U BK — — — — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BN BS G — — SN — OK OU WU BR BO B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)
7 6 5 4 3 2* 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BG BN OU OU OR UG BK UW SU SY ON OG Y NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BS — OB OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BP U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BY BW G — — SN — OK OU WU BO BR B S

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

RD11 RD10 RP11 RP10

RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS) RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BK BO UP — — — — UW — — PN PG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — — — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
US — KS — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK U — — — — — — U OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UN BG G — — — — YK PU WU BK — B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S

RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW) RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BK BO UP — — — — UW — — PN PG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — — — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
US — KS — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK U — — — — — — U OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UN BG G — — — — YK PU WU BK — B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S

28 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.

Heater pump relay


brown / bus
Front fog lamp relay
brown / bus
Air conditioning isolate relay Door locking relay Main beam relay
violet / violet violet / violet brown / bus
Fold-back relay Fold-out relay
violet / violet violet / violet Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown Powerwash relay
Seat lower relay (LHD) Throttle motor power relay brown / bus
violet / violet brown / brown Dip beam relay
Seat raise relay (LHD) Ignition coil relay brown / bus
violet / violet brown / brown Horn relay
LH heelboard fuse box Fuel injection relay brown / bus
Ignition positive relay brown / brown Ignition positive relay
brown / bus Seat heater relay Intercooler pump relay Engine compartment brown / bus
brown / brown blue / blue fuse box

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX FRONT SEAT RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX

Wiper fast / slow relay


black / black
Wiper run / stop relay
black / black
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Side marker and number plate lamp relay
brown / bus

Heated backlight relay


brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 2
brown / bus

EMS control relay


Fuel pump relay 1 brown / bus
brown / bus
Engine management
Stop lamp relay fuse box
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus ENGINE MANAGEMENT
RELAYS

Trunk fuse box

Fuel filler flap unlock relay


violet / violet
Fuel filler flap lock relay
violet / violet

TRUNK RELAYS AND FUSE BOX


RH windshield heater relay
black / black
LH windshield heater relay
black / black

FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX FRONT SEAT RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Seat lower relay (RHD)


violet / violet Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
Seat raise relay (RHD) brown / brown
RH heelboard fuse box violet / violet Starter relay
Auxiliary positive relay brown / brown
brown / bus Throttle motor power relay
Seat heater relay brown / brown
LH lumbar deflate relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay
blue / blue brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
RH rear seat heater timer brown / brown
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
RH blower motor relay LH blower motor relay blue / blue
blue / blue blue / blue
Door mirror heater relay
blue / blue
LH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 29


XJ Series 1998 Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
6 03.1 03.2 STARTER
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N
B N BT62

BT67 BT66 BT60 250A


BT63 N

BATTERY HIGH POWER


PROTECTION MODULE
BT65

PK 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BATTERY + POST B+ (BT66)


15 7 6
I II II
WU
BT4-17 BT37 N WN N N WY N N PK N N WY
N
CA42-6 CA2-6 EM20-6 LS7-9
WU TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
BT64 ST13 ST14 ST15 ST20 ST21 ST19

WU O 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1

FC1-44 FC15-97
5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3

2 WO I
II
FC15-15 AUXILIARY POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE EMS CONTROL RELAY IGNITION POSITIVE
WN RELAY RELAY RELAY †
10 I
I
FC15-32
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5
I II E II

LOGIC 1 04.7 1 07.2

POWER
2 07.2 2 09.1 09.2

3 09.3 09.4 3 09.1 09.2

4 04.4 04.7 4 14.1


BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE 5 09.3 09.4 5 09.1 09.2

6 18.1 6 13.3 13.4 18.1

RELAYS RELAYS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS


IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS


BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS


IGNITION POWER BUS

TRUNK FUSE BOX RH HEELBOARD LH HEELBOARD ENGINE MANAGEMENT ENGINE COMPARTMENT


FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2

3 2
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS


NK NK NK NK
7 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 27 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5
#1 20A CA2 #1 20A CA42
-1 CA27-1 (LHD) -1 CA23-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD) NW NW CA27-1 (RHD) NW
8 10.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2 28 13.1 13.2
CA222 NW NW #2 15A CA42
-5
NW -10 CA10-7 DDS2 NW NG NG 29 BPM
9 11.2 11.3 12.1 15.1 15.2
#2 5A CA2 -9 #3 15A CA42 FC1-B
-5 -3
NW NW NB 30 07.2
10 15.1 15.2
-20 CA14-2
NY NY NB 31 11.5
11 10.2 18.1
#3 5A CA2 FC5-19†
-3
NU NU NB NB 32 11.5
12 19.1 19.2
#4 5A CA2 CA19-13 #4 10A CA42 CAS5
-8 -8
NB NB NB 33 11.5
13 BPM
#5 15A CA1 FC5-B
-9
NR NR NR NB 34 11.5
14 09.1 09.2 09.3 09.4
#6 5A CA1 CAS19 CA19-11
-10
NR NP NP 35 16.3
15 08.1
NR NR #5 5A CA41
-9
FC5-28 FCS6 NR NY NY 36 07.1
16 13.3 13.4
NY CA20-8
NY NY #6 10A CA41 CAS62 NY 37 07.1
17 BPM -10
#7 15A CA1 FC5-C
-4
CA223 NP NP NB NB 38 BPM
18 11.2
NP -5 FC5-9 #7 20A CA41 FC1-D
-4
#8 5A CA1 -4 NP NP
-7 19 12.1 12.2 12.3
-6 CA23-2 CA224 NG NG
39 15.1 15.2
NG NG NG -10 CA12-2
20 16.1 16.2
#9 10A CA1 IC1-13 #8 5A CA41 -9 NG NG
-2 -7 40 15.1 15.2
-20 CA16-2
NW NW
21 07.2
#11 20A CA2 NU NU
-2 41 12.4 12.5
#9 5A CA41 CA27-2
-2
NO NO
22 10.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
#13 25A CA2 NU NU
-4 42 07.2
#11 20A CA42
-2
NO NO
23 10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
#15 25A CA1 NO NO
-3 43 10.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
#13 25A CA42
-4
NLG
24 18.1
NLG NO NO
44 10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
#17 10A CA1 CAS1 NLG NLG #15 25A CA41
-1 25 18.1 -3
BT4-A
NR NR NK NK
26 08.1 45 15.1 15.2
#18 5A CA1 FC5-12 #17 15A CA41
-6 -1
NS NS
46 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.6 12.7
NS CA23-9
#18 25A CA41 CAS60 NS NS
-6 47 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7
CA27-9

LH HEELBOARD RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

NOTE: Body Processor Module


BPM
appears in numerous figures.

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ from
the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin
identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
Battery Power Distribution:
XJ Series 1998 Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3

1 5 4

RELAYS RELAYS
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS


NK NK NW NS
48 09.3 09.4 66 13.3 72 11.6
#1 10A BT13 #9 10A LS6 #1 20A EM20
-7 -3 -1
NU NU NW
49 13.1 13.2 73 04.7
#2 5A BT13 #10 LS8 #2 15A EM20
-1 -2 -5
NW
74 03.1 03.2
NG NG NLG NLG #3 25A EM20
50 16.1 16.2 67 04.4 04.7 07.2 -3
#9 10A BT11 #12 30A LS7 LS32-2 NO
-3 -3 75 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
#4 5A EM20
-8
NY NY NG NY
51 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2 68 04.4 04.7 07.2 76 04.4 04.7
#10 10A BT13 #14 30A LS8 #5 10A EM19
-2 -4 -9
NR
77 05.1
NP NP NY #6 5A EM19
52 16.2 69 06.1 -10
#12 15A BT12 IC2-1 #16 30A LS7
-3 -4
#7 EM19
-4
NR NLG
70 06.1 78 04.4 04.7 07.2
#14 BT13 #18 30A LS5 #8 10A EM19
-4 -1 -7
NG
79 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
NP NP #9 30A EM19
53 09.3 09.4 -2
#16 20A BT12 #20 LS5
-4 -3

NK NK NK NU #11 EM20
54 12.8 71 14.1 -2
#18 20A BT10 BT4-E CA109-6 #22 30A LS5
-1 -2
NW NW NW NW
55 12.8
#20 20A BT10 BT4-B CAS57 CA109-5 #13 EM20
-3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT -4
NW FUSE BOX
56 12.8
NW NW NG NG
80 07.2
CA109-7 BSS1 NW #15 30A EM19 EM42-2
57 12.8 -3

NW NP NP
58 12.8 81 07.2
#17 30A EM19 EM42-3
-1
NW NW
59 12.8 82 04.4 04.7
#18 10A EM19
-6
NW
60 12.8
NW NW
BCS3 NW
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
BS4-19
61 12.8 FUSE BOX
NW
62 12.8

NW
63 12.8

NP
64 12.9 12.10
NP NP NP
#22 20A BT10 BT4-F CA109-2 BSS3 NP
-2 65 12.9 12.10

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4

2
II
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.
WS
#3 10A BT13
IGNITION POWER BUS

CA225 -8
WK WK 5 17.1
WK WK WK 24 19.1 19.2
CA2 -19 -18 II BT13 II
#10 5A #4 5A BT4-1 CA20-10
-7 -9
WU 25 12.9
WP WP WU WU WU II
6 07.1
II BT11 BSS6 WU
CA20-3 #5 5A
-2
BT4-5 CA109-1 26 12.9
WP II
7 07.2
II WS POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.

WP WP 8 07.2
BT10 BTS30
-9
CA2 CAS9 II WU
#12 10A
-10 29 27 12.10
WP II II
9 07.2
II BSS7 WU
1 04.7 28 12.10
WP II
10 11.1
II 2 07.2
HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
WG WG 11 04.4 04.7
WG II
CA19-6
4 04.4 04.7
#14 10A CA1 CAS47 WG WG 12 08.1
-8
II
FC1-31
RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX


WS WS WS
BT4-2
WS WS 13 11.5
CA1 CAS8 II
#16 10A
-5
WS WS WS 14 05.1 05.2 4
II II
CA20-15
WS 15 05.1 05.2
CCS16 II

IGNITION POWER BUS


LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX WS 16 05.2 WB WB 30 05.1 05.2
II LS8 II
#1 10A EM51-2
-7
WS 17 06.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7
WS 31 07.2
II WS WS WS WS II

#2 5A LS8 EM1-2 EMS10 EM42-1 SHS1 WS 32 07.2


-1
II
1
I WS 33 03.1 03.2
WG II
18 10.1
I WR 34 09.5
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

WG WG II
19 10.1
CA42 CAS10 I WR
#10 5A
-7 35 09.5
WG II
20 16.3
I WR WR 36 13.3
WY WY LS8 LSS5 II
21 16.1 16.2 #3 10A
-8
CA42 I WR
#12 5A
-10
IC1-9 37 09.3 09.4
WU WR WR WR II
22 18.1
WU I FCS22 WR
LS3-12 FC5-46 38 09.5
CA41 CAS12 WU II
#14 25A
-8 23 18.1
I WU WU 39 06.1
LS8 II
#4 5A
-9
#16 CA41 WK 40 03.1 03.2
-5
II

WK 41 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


WK WK II

#5 10A LS6 EM51-1 EMS6 WK 42 04.4 04.7


-2
WR II

LS5 WK 43 11.6
-9
II
44
II

1 07.2

RH HEELBOARD 2 09.1 09.2


FUSE BOX
RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.5

3
E

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS


WP 45 04.5 04.6
WR WP E

PI1-47 PIS8 WP 46 04.5 04.6


E

WR 47 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


E

WR 48 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


WR E

#10 5A EM20 EMS7 WR 49 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


-7 E

WR 50 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


E

WR 51 05.1
E

WU 52 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


E

WU WU WU 53 04.1 04.2 04.3


PIS6 E
#12 10A EM20 PI1-28
-10
NOTE: PIS6 – AJ26 4.0 N/A only. WU 54 04.1 04.2 04.3
E

WP WP WP 55 04.1 04.5
E
EM2-3 FC1-46
WP 56 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
E

WP 57 04.4 04.7
E

WP 58 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


WP E

#14 10A EM19 EMS30 WP 59 04.4 04.7 07.2


-8 E

WP 60 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


E

WP 61 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6


E

WP WP 62 04.4 04.7 07.2


E
EM51-7
WY 63 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
E
#16 5A EM19
-5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1

III III III III

II II II II

I I I I

IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH


(OFF) (I) (II) (III)

WO 2 BPM
II

III RW WO WO 3
1 BPM
II
19.1 19.2
FC4-1 FC11-11
II WO WO 4 13.3 13.4
FCS21 II
FC4-3
BK I WN WO 5 14.1
FCS7 II
FC4-5 FC4-2 WO
BK
IGNITION SWITCH
FC1-14
FC17L

WO
WY WY 6 01.1
WO CA6-2 II
LS3-2
CAS82 CA6-1 WY WY 7 01.1
CA6-3 CAS22 II

WY WY 8 BPM
INERTIA SWITCH II
FC1-9
WO WO 9 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6 05.3 06.1 09.3 09.4 11.6
II
CA20-11

WN 10 BPM
I

WN 11 10.2
I

FCS20 WN 12 13.3 13.4


I

WN 13 07.1
WN WN I

FC11-14 CCS17 WN 14 19.1 19.2


I

WN 15 01.1
I

WN WN WN 16 15.1 15.2
CAS17 I
CA19-19
WN WN 17 18.1
I
BT4-3

BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1

BT65 BATTERY HIGH POWER


PROTECTION MODULE

NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

BK RU RU LOGIC
I
CCS5 CC21-3 CC21-1 FC7-3 FC15-7
BK POWER

NEUTRAL
CC3R SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START

SO D
FUEL PUMP
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I CONTROL FC22-11
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) AND
EM10-15 IGNITION SU D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17

O.K. TO START D O O D O.K. TO START


EM10-6 EM2-15 FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR WR
ST3 EM60-2

ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
REGULATOR
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
SW SW SW ST2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR

N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4
B
AN3-2 AN2

GENERATOR

SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Fig. 03.2

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1

BT65 BATTERY HIGH POWER


PROTECTION MODULE

NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

LOGIC
P, N O RU RU I
CC8-4 FC7-3 FC15-7 POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
P, N O RS MODULE
B B B B I CC8-5 EM63-11
EMS4 EMS17 EM63-12 CC8-2

EM8R DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START

SO D
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL I RS FC22-11
AND SU
IGNITION EM10-15 D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17

O.K. TO START D O O D O.K. TO START


EM10-6 EM2-15 FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WR WR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
ST3 EM60-2

ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
SW SW SW REGULATOR ST2
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR

N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4

B
AN3-2 AN2

GENERATOR

SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
VARIABLE CANISTER FUEL TANK
ECM AND TCM VALVE TIMING UPSTREAM CLOSE PRESSURE DOWNSTREAM
COOLING FAN SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S VALVE SENSOR O2S
A B A B
A B IATS
A B
63 WY
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ
υ λ λ λ λ
B B
EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2 PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1 CV1 -2 -1 FP1-1 -2 -3

W
W

U
S

B
EM16R

WU

WU
RG

WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1

BG

UP
WP

GY
BY
PN

BG
UY
47 WR B+

WP

UW
WP

WP
BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
BRD

BRD

RG
BG
OK
E

PU

PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10

G
R

N
N
O
B

S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52

BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61 55
NO E E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 FC1-45 BT5 -1 -2 -3
WR BG

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
48

GY

BG

UY
UP
O

BY
BY
B+ EM10-20

UW
O

RG
N
B

OK

BG
Y

S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US I EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34

CA19-16 CC40-1 O EM11-8


UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†

BRAKE SWITCH UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35


US I EM11-9
I EM11-10
G
US US US US US I I EM11-11
U
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
O EM11-12
BG
I EM11-13
BY
OU OU I EM11-14
BG
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH UW
I EM12-12
UP
I EM12-13
GY
O.K. TO START 03.1
O D I EM12-14
G
EM10-6 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D I EM12-16
N
EM10-12 I EM12-17
U
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D O EM12-18
BY
EM10-13 O EM12-19
BY
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 EMS8
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
PK O O EM13-4
OK OK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-16 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18

SECURITY
03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3

CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y

BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9

BRD
Y O

UW
BG

BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29

G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B

WR

WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING W D I B VACUUM
19.2 EM14-10
G SWITCHING
EM13-2 O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18
1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-8
RG THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND SENSOR
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2

I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR I EM15-22
B PW EMS11
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
on early production vehicles. MODULE from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.2
VARIABLE
ECM AND TCM VALVE TIMING
COOLING FAN SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
A B
A B IATS
A B
63 WY
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ
υ λ λ
B B
EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2 PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1

W
W
NOT USED

U
S

B
EM16R FC1-45

WU

WU
RG

WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2

BG

UP
WP

GY
BY
PN

BG
UY
47 WR B+

OK
WP

WP
BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
BRD

BRD
E

PU

PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10

G
R
N
O
B

S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52

BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61
NO E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
WR BG

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
48

GY

BG

UY
UP
O

BY
BY
B+ EM10-20

N
B

S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US NOT USED EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 NOT
USED
CA19-16 CC40-1 O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†

UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35


US BRAKE SWITCH I EM11-9
I EM11-10
G
US US US US US I I EM11-11
U
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
O EM11-12
BG
I EM11-13
BY
OU OU I EM11-14
BG
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
PARKING BRAKE UW
SWITCH
I EM12-12
UP
I EM12-13
GY
O.K. TO START 03.1
O D I EM12-14
G
EM10-6 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D EM12-16
NOT
EM10-12 USED EM12-17
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D O EM12-18
BY
EM10-13 O EM12-19
BY
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 EMS8

EMS CONTROL RELAY


01.1
PK O
NOT
EM13-4
OK OK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) USED
EM10-16 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18

SECURITY 03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3

CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y

BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9

BRD
Y O

UW
BG

BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29

G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B

WR

WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-10
B VACUUM
EM13-2 G SWITCHING
O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18
1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-8
RG SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2

I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM15-22
B PW EMS11
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
on early production vehicles. MODULE from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.3
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
EVAPP
IATS
A B
WY A B
63
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ
υ λ λ
B B
NOT USED
EMS38

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM39 -1 -2 PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1

W
W
NOT USED

U
S

B
EM16R FC1-45

WU

WU
RG

WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2

BG

UP
WP

GY
BY
PN

BG
UY
47 WR B+

WP

WP
BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
BRD

BRD

OK
E

PU

PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10

G
R
N
O
B

S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52

BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61
NO E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
WR BG

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
48

GY

BG

UY
UP
O

BY
BY
B+ EM10-20

N
B

S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US NOT USED EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 NOT
USED
CA19-16 CC40-1 O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†

UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35


US BRAKE SWITCH I EM11-9
I EM11-10
G
US US US US US I I EM11-11
U
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
O EM11-12
BG
I EM11-13
BY
OU OU I EM11-14
BG
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
PARKING BRAKE UW
SWITCH
I EM12-12
UP
I EM12-13
GY
O.K. TO START 03.1
O D I EM12-14
G
EM10-6 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D EM12-16
NOT
EM10-12 USED EM12-17
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D O EM12-18
BY
EM10-13 O EM12-19
BY
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 EMS8

EMS CONTROL RELAY


01.1
PK O
NOT
EM13-4
OK OK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) USED
EM10-16 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18

SECURITY 03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3

CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y

BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9

BRD
Y O

UW
BG

BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29

G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B

WR

WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-10
B VACUUM
EM13-2 G SWITCHING
O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18

1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O RG SENSOR
EM15-8 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2

I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I B PW
THROTTLE MOTOR EM15-22 EMS11
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
on early production vehicles. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.4
TRUNK FUSE BOX CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH IGNITION COILS
BRAKE CANCEL RLG 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B EM26
SWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2
3 5 NU CC20 PW 5 3 NW
1 -10 270 Ω 510 Ω 82
#7 20A BT11-1 WU SP
29 1 2 KN CC40-3 CC20 UB 2 1 WP 59
II
PG -7 E
BT11-10
CCS21
WU WG 11
CC40-2 II
CC20 ON / OFF CC20
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) † -9 -8
BT4 PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1 EMS22
-19 IGNITION COIL
RELAY

GW
PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW
GO
GU

GR
GS

GK

GP
GB

PW
KN
680 Ω
CASSETTE

FC1 SR SR SR BO PI1-53
-42 SW1 430 Ω
PG WU SP EM3-11 SC3-4 -4 SW2-4 SW3-3 SW3-4
+ PW
NOTE: ECM power supplies, KN PIS5
grounds and references shown on 680 Ω
Fig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3. EM53 EM53 EM53 CASSETTE
-17 -16 -14
EM3 SG SG SG CANCEL BO
-5
EM3-10 SC3-3
SW1
SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
-3 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
CASSETTE RESUME
PW
UG BO BO BO PW

GW

GO
GU

GR
O

GS

GK

GP
GB
EM10-2
ULG SW1
I EM10-3 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
FCS28
I EM10-4
UN EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
PG STEERING WHEEL
I EM10-11 BK

I EM11-1
SR FC17R CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
I WU circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
EM11-4
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. IGNITION 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B IGNITION
I EM11-5
SG MODULE 1 MODULE 2
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
WU

LGW
I EM12-5

LGO
LGU

LGR
LGS

LGK

LGP

LGY
B

B
I EM12-6
RW
I EM12-8
SLG
I EM12-9
SG
O EM12-10
RY

O EM13-1
KN
O EM13-3
SP
O EM13-15
W
WU EM1-11 EMS4
O EM13-16
O EM13-22
UB EM1-12

O LGK

B
EM13-23
O EM13-24
LGO UG CC31-7 I
LGW EM53-8 ULG
O EM13-25 CC30-1 O
LGU EM53-3 UN
O EM13-26 CC31-9 O
LGY EM53-9 PG
O EM13-31 CC31-17 I
LGR RLG EM53-12 RLG
O EM13-32 EM8R CC28-1 I
LGS EM53-10
O EM13-33
O EM13-34
LGP
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
O EM15-4
BO and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-5
BY CONTROL MODULE
O EM15-6
BW
O EM15-7
BU EM25

O BP OY RLG 5 3 NLG
EM15-15 78
O EM15-16
BG LS31-2 EMS26

O EM15-17
BN W WP 62 RY 2 1 WP 57
BS LS31-9 LS31-8 E E
O EM15-18

OG NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 68
LS31-5 LS31-3 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WU
LS31-7
RLG RLG B
NU EM52
PI1-13 PI36-1
BT9-2 NY 3 5 BR BR B
76
FUEL PI2-5 PIS2 LS31-1
AIR CONDITIONING
PUMP 42 WK 1 2 B B COMPRESSOR
B II EMS11 CLUTCH
LS10R
BT9-1

P
FUEL TANK FUEL INJECTION RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
BW
BG

BO
BR
BU

BR
BN

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

RELAY
BS

BY

BP

EM17 RELAY MODULE 2–30 BAR


PG PG BK
OY OY NLG EM51-6 LS26-5 LS26-2
PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1 67 20 BAR
BTS21 LS32-1 CF1-1 CF1-2 WU WU
EM51-5 LS26-1
LH RADIATOR FAN 12 BAR
RW RW BK
B
OG OG B B EM51-10 LS26-3 LS26-4 LSS17
CF2-2 CF2-1
BK
BT20 LS32-4 LS32-3
REFRIGERANT
LS10L
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B RH RADIATOR FAN 4-WAY PRESSURE LS20L
SWITCH
FUEL INJECTORS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.5

EGRV CANISTER FUEL TANK


ECM AND TCM UPSTREAM CLOSE PRESSURE DOWNSTREAM
COOLING FAN EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S VALVE SENSOR O2S IATS 2
STEPPER MOTOR

IATS
A B A B
WY A B
63
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ υ
υ λ λ λ λ
B B
S1 S2 S3 S4
EMS38

PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3 -2 -5 EM39 -1 -2 PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1 CV1 -2 -1 FP1-1 -2 -3 PI3 -1 -2

W
W

U
S

B
EM16R

WP

WP

WU
WP
YG
YU

YN
YR

PN

BG

UP
GY
BY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1

PIS10

WP

WP

UW
WP

RG
BG

BG
BG

OK
UY

UP
WR

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
47 B+

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
N
O
B

S
Y

P
E

PU

PS
BY
BY
EM10-1 PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7 45 46 56 52

G
R

N
WK E E E E

YG
60 61 55

YU

YN
YR
41 B+
II BG E E E
EM10-5 O EM10-20 FC1-45 BT5 -1 -2 -3
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
NO O UW BG
75 B+ EM10-21

UY
EM10-9 I EM10-22
B BG BG
WR BK BG BG PIS1 BG
48 B+ I EM10-23 PI1-15
E BG PI1-6 BG BG BG
EM14-3

I EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 RG
O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48† UW
9 WO
II I EM11-9
UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35
CC40-4
US I EM11-10
G
CA19-16 CC40-1 I EM11-11
U

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
BG

OK
GY

UP
BY
BY

UP
US BRAKE SWITCH O

N
O
B
EM11-12

S
I EM11-13
BY
US US US US US I EM11-14
BG
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
OU OU I
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 O EM12-1
YU
O EM12-2
YG
PARKING BRAKE YN
SWITCH O EM12-3
O EM12-4
YR UW
I EM12-7
UP
O.K. TO START 03.2
O D I EM12-12
UP
EM10-6 I EM12-13
GY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D I EM12-14
G
EM10-12 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D I EM12-16
N
EM10-13 I EM12-17
U
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.2
RS I O EM12-18
BY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 O EM12-19
BY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
PK O EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-16 EMS8

SECURITY
03.2
Y D O EM13-4
OK OK
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18

19.1
G C– O EM13-12
RW*
CAN
EM10-25 O EM13-13
PY* BRD
19.1
Y C+ I EM13-17
N EMS3
CAN
EM10-26 I EM13-18
S
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-19
Y PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
EM10-27 I EM13-20
B

BRD
UW
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-27
BG
EM10-28 I EM13-28
P EMS9

EM13-29
O PIS9

BRD
P R R

UW
BG

BG
UW
BY
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 D

G
U
R
K
EM11-3 I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
GO O R PI2-6
ENGINE CRANK 03.2 I EM14-5 49 50
EM11-6 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B

WR

WR
I EM14-7 -2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
W D I EM14-8
B VACUUM
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
EM13-2 B SWITCHING
I EM14-9
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
I EM14-10
B
O EM14-11
G 1 2 3
GY B+ O EM14-12
G EMS18
EM49 EM14-1
NG 3 5 GY GY O PS
79 B+ EM15-1
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-2
PU
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-3
PN PEDAL MECHANICAL
E POSITION GUARD
EM13-14 I EM15-11
B EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
I EM15-12
B B SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
I EM15-22
B PW MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW* EMS11

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37


PY* B
BK B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
on early production vehicles. for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.6
ECM AND TCM HO2S HO2S
COOLING FAN EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS IATS 2
IATS
A B
WY A B
63
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ υ
υ λ λ
B B NOT USED
EMS38

PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3 -2 -5 EM39 -1 -2 PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1 NOT USED PI3 -1 -2

W
W

U
S

B
EM16R FC1-45

WP

WP

WU
WP
YG
YN
YR
YU

PN

BG

UP
GY
BY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2

PIS10

BG
UY

WP

WP

BG

UP
WR

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
47 B+ PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7

BRD

BRD
N
O
B

S
Y

P
E

PU

PS
BY
BY
EM10-1 45 46 56 52

G
R
WK E E E E
41 60 61

YG
YN
YR
YU
B+
II BG E E PI1
EM10-5 O EM10-20 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 -15
NO O UW BG
75 B+ EM10-21

UY
EM10-9 I EM10-22
B BG BG
48 WR B+ I EM10-23
BK BG BG PIS1 BG
E BG PI1-6 BG BG BG
EM14-3

NOT USED EM11-7


RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34

O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†
9 WO
II I EM11-9
UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35
CC40-4 NOT USED
US I EM11-10
G
CA19-16 CC40-1 I EM11-11
U

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD
BG

GY

UP
BY
BY

OK

UP
US O

N
O
BRAKE SWITCH

B
EM11-12

S
I EM11-13
BY
US US US US US I EM11-14
BG
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
OU OU I
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 O EM12-1
YU
O EM12-2
YG
PARKING BRAKE YN
SWITCH O EM12-3
O EM12-4
YR UW
I EM12-7
UP
O.K. TO START 03.2
O D I EM12-12
UP
EM10-6 I EM12-13
GY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D I EM12-14
G
EM10-12 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D EM12-16
NOT
EM10-13 USED EM12-17
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.2
RS I O EM12-18
BY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 O EM12-19
BY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
PK O EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS8
EM10-16
Y NOT OK OK
SECURITY D EM13-4
ACKNOWLEDGE
03.2 USED
EM10-17 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18

CAN 19.1
G C– O EM13-12
RW*
EM10-25 O EM13-13
PY* BRD
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-17
N EMS3

EM10-26 I EM13-18
S
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-19
Y PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
EM10-27 I EM13-20
B

BRD
UW
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-27
BG
EM10-28 I EM13-28
P EMS9

EM13-29
O PIS9

BRD
P R R

UW
BG

BG
UW
BY
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 D

G
U
R
K
EM11-3 I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
GO O R PI2-6
ENGINE CRANK 03.2 I EM14-5 49 50
EM11-6 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B

WR

WR
I EM14-7 -2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-8
B VACUUM
EM13-2 B SWITCHING
I EM14-9
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
I EM14-10
B
O EM14-11
G 1 2 3
GY B+ O EM14-12
G EMS18
EM49 EM14-1
NG 3 5 GY GY O PS
79 B+ EM15-1
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-2
PU
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-3
PN PEDAL MECHANICAL
E POSITION GUARD
EM13-14 I EM15-11
B EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
I EM15-12
B B SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
I EM15-22
B PW MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW* EMS11

EMS36 EMS38 EMS37


PY* B
BK B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
on early production vehicles. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.7
TRUNK FUSE BOX

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH IGNITION COILS


3 5 UR
1 BRAKE CANCEL
#15 20A BT12-2 RLG 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B EM26
SWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2
29 1 2 KB CC20 PW 5 3 NW
II -10 270 Ω 510 Ω 82
BT10-5 WU SP
CC40-3 CC20 UB 2 1 WP 59
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1) † PG -7 E
CCS21
WU WG 11
CC40-2 II
CC20 CC20
-9 ON / OFF -8
3 5 NU PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1 EMS22
1 IGNITION COIL
BT11-1
#7 20A RELAY

GW
PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW
GO
GU

GR
GS

GK

GP
GB
KN

PW
1 2
29
II BT11-10
680 Ω
CASSETTE
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) † –
SR SR SR BO PI1-53
BT4 BT4 SW1 430 Ω
-19 -9
PG WU SP EM3-11 SC3-4 -4 SW2-4 SW3-3 SW3-4
NOTE: ECM power supplies, + PW
grounds and references shown PIS5
on Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6. KN KB 680 Ω
EM53 EM53 EM53 CASSETTE
-17 -16 -14
FC1 LS3 SG SG SG CANCEL BO
-42 -21
UG EM3-10 SC3-3
SW1
SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
O EM10-2 -3 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
I EM10-3
ULG CASSETTE RESUME
PW
UN BO BO BO PW

GW

GO
GU

GR
GS

GK

GP
GB
I EM10-4
PG SW1
I EM10-11 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
FCS28
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
KN KB -8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
SR STEERING WHEEL
I EM11-1 BK
I EM11-4
WU CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
SG FC17R circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or WB B
I EM11-5 IGNITION 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B IGNITION
EM3 EM51 cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. MODULE 1 MODULE 2 LS30-2 LS30-1
WU -5 -8 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
I EM12-5 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6 INTERCOOLER
I EM12-6
RW LS20R
PUMP

B
I EM12-8
SLG EM1-9

LGW

LGO
LGU

LGR
LGS

LGK

LGP

LGY
I EM12-9
SG
RY EMS4 EM41
O EM12-10
WB 5 3 NW
73
O EM13-1
KN
O EM13-3
SP RY 1 2 B
O EM13-9
KB EMS11
B
O EM13-10
RY
O EM13-15
W EM17
INTERCOOLER PUMP

B
O EM13-16
WU EM1-11
RELAY †
O EM13-22
UB EM1-12
EM8R
O EM13-23
LGK
O EM13-24
LGO UG CC31-7 I
LGW EM53-8 ULG
O EM13-25 CC30-1 O
LGU EM53-3 UN
O EM13-26 CC31-9 O
EM53-9
O EM13-31
LGY PG CC31-17 I
LGR RLG EM53-12 RLG
O EM13-32 CC28-1 I
LGS EM53-10
O EM13-33
O EM13-34
LGP
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
O EM15-4
BO and Fig. 07.2 for complete AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-5
BY A/C circuits. CONTROL MODULE
O EM15-6
BW
O EM15-7
BU EM25

O BP OY RLG 5 3 NLG
EM15-15 78
O EM15-16
BG LS31-2 EMS26

O EM15-17
BN W WP 62 RY 2 1 WP 57
BS LS31-9 LS31-8 E E
O EM15-18

OG NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 68
LS31-5 LS31-3 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BW
BG

BO
BU

BN

BS

BY

BP
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WU
EM52 LS31-7
RLG RLG B
NU NY 3 5 BR BR BR BR
76 PI1-13 PI36-1
BT9-2 PI2-5 PIS2 IJ2-1 IJS2 B
FUEL 42 WK 1 2 B B LS31-1
AIR CONDITIONING
PUMP II EMS11 BR BR COMPRESSOR
B IJ1-1 IJS1
LS10R
CLUTCH
BT9-1
FUEL INJECTION IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
UR RELAY EM17 P
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
BT9-4
BW

BW

RELAY MODULE
BG

BG
BR
BU

BR
BN

BR

BR

BR
BU

BR
BN

BR

BR

2–30 BAR
FUEL PG PG BK
PUMP OY OY NLG EM51-6 LS26-5 LS26-2
IJ3-2 -1 IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1 67 20 BAR
B BTS21 LS32-1 CF1-1 CF1-2 WU WU
BT9-3 EM51-5 LS26-1
LH RADIATOR FAN 12 BAR
RW RW BK
FUEL TANK B
OG OG B B EM51-10 LS26-3 LS26-4 LSS17
CF2-2 CF2-1
BK
BT20 LS32-4 LS32-3
REFRIGERANT
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B RH RADIATOR FAN LS10L
4-WAY PRESSURE LS20L
SWITCH
FUEL INJECTORS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –


CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.

TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTOR


TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ILLUMINATION MODULE

TURBINE SPEED FLUID TEMPERATURE PRESSURE SOLENOID OUTPUT SPEED L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N


SENSOR SENSOR REGULATORS VALVES SENSOR

B+
WS 14
330 Ω II
P CC14
-1

υ R
330 Ω
– C
G 19.1 CAN
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 CC14
330 Ω -3
N
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -4
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 D
– C
G 19.1 CAN
-6 -5 -13 -14 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 -12 -8 -9 -4 -1 -10
CC14
B S RB Y W N G 330 Ω -8
4
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
N G BU UY RU OG OU OR OK OB RY YB YP YU U R CC14
330 Ω -9
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 3
-E -A -B -C -D -J -K
I B B
330 Ω
2 CC14 CCS15
-6
BY S RB Y W WR RU
NR O OU
77 B+ EM7-1 CC2R
EM7-26 O EM7-2
RS
WB B+ 51
30 WB EM7-54 O EM7-4
OK E
II EMS42 WB OG
B+ O EM7-5
EM7-55 I EM7-6
B RU 03.1 04.1 04.2 04.3
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM7-8
RB
EM7-82 I EM7-9
W
CAN 19.1
Y C+ BY BY
EMS25
EM7-83 I EM7-12
RP EM53-1

CAN 19.1
G C– I EM7-13
US US US US BY BY
EM7-85 I EM7-14 N EM53-4 CC7-1 CC7-3 CCS20

19.1
Y C+ EM7-15
BRD*
CAN D–4 BY
EM7-86 EM7-16
U SWITCH

I EM7-18
BS BS BS BY
EM53-15 CC18-1 CC18-3

EM7-21
BU
UY KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM7-22
EM7-23
BRD*
NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.
O EM7-28
BY
O EM7-29
OR
O EM7-30
YB

O EM7-32
YU
O EM7-33
YP
560 Ω
I EM7-34
B RS RS WS 15
CC4 CC4 II
EM53-5
-7 MODE 560 Ω -8
I EM7-36
S STATE RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
I EM7-37
Y CC4
-10
RP RP
I EM7-42 G EM53-13 CC4
-9
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω

I EM7-44
R
I EM7-45
RG RG RG BK BK
EM53-2 CC4 CC4 CCS4
-2 -1
O EM7-51
OB
O EM7-52
RY CC3L
MODE SWITCH
O EM7-53
RU

EMS4
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE B

EM8R

* NOTE: The shield connections to TCM pins


EM7-15 and EM7-23 are reversed on
early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –


CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.

NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal NOTE: Pressure regulators:


gear ratio speed sensors. MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure GEAR SELECTOR
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH TRANSMISSION ILLUMINATION MODULE

n2 n3
SPEED SPEED WS
SENSOR SENSOR 330 Ω B+ 14
O O B+ I O O O O FLUID II
TEMPERATURE SOLENOID PRESSURE P CC14
SENSOR VALVES REGULATORS -1
330 Ω
R
– C G 19.1 CAN
CC14
CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 SWITCH
-4 -5 -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1 330 Ω -3
(NOT USED) N Y
υ
OPEN – P, N + C 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -4
RU RS WS B LGB LGU LGP LGN 1,2,4,5 2,3 3,4 TCC MD SD D
– C G 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -8
4
+ C Y 19.1 CAN
PARK, NEUTRAL 03.2
RU GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 CC14
-7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -13 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10 330 Ω -9
3
PARK, NEUTRAL
04.6 04.5 03.2
RS I B B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 330 Ω
EM63-11
B B B B B B B B B B B B 2 CC14 CCS15
-6
16 WS
II
CC2R

EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44
-12 -1 -2 -3 -4 -7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -5 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10

* NOTE: Programming circuit – early production vehicles only.


B

I EM61-2
BS BS BK BK
TCM PROGRAMMING YU D I EM61-3
P EM53-15 CC18-1 CC18-3 CCS5
VIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *
EM61-1 I EM61-25
LGB
LGU KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM61-26 CC3R
30 WB B+ I EM61-27
LGP
II LGN
EM61-29 I EM61-28
I EM61-30
B
CAN 19.1
G C–
EMS17
1000 Ω
EM62-L P WS 15
Y BG CC4 CC4 II
C+ I EM62-12 EM63-8 510 Ω
CAN 19.1 -9 -8
EM62-H O EM62-13
BW
O BK
EM62-14 RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
O EM62-15
BLG CC4
O EM62-16
BP -10
270 Ω
O EM62-17
BS BK BK
CC4 CCS4
MODE STATE -1
O EM62-33
B
I EM62-34
BY CC3L
MODE SWITCH
I EM62-35
BU
O EM62-36
BO
O EM62-37
BN
O EM62-38
BR

B
TRANSMISSION EMS4
CONTROL MODULE B

EM8R

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3

9 WO US US US US US US US I
II CAS81 LSS1 EMS21
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 EM1-1 EM10-10

BRAKE SWITCH Y Y C +
EM2-7 EM10-28
G G C –
EM2-6 EM10-27

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

Y C +
FC7-8 CC14-4
G C –
FC7-2 CC14-3
Y Y C +
FC11-12 CC14-9
G G C –
FC11-15 CC14-8

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

Y C +
FC24-24
G C –
FC24-47

– S U U 19.1 SCP
FC24-20 FCS2

+ S S S 19.1 SCP
FC24-19 FCS3

INSTRUMENT PACK

NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
NY
17 B+ SOLENOIDS
FC15-104

– S U
FC15-84
2 WO I + S S
II
FC15-15 FC15-85
10 WN I O OG OG B B
I CC12 CC12
FC15-32 FC15-48 FC7-17 CCS15
-1 -2

GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CC2R
CONTROL
SOLENOID

O RW RW B B B
FC15-51 SC1-1 SC5 SC5 SC1-2 FCS10
-1 -2
BK BK SB SB I
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58

NOT-IN-PARK KEYLOCK SOLENOID FC29L


MICROSWITCH
LOGIC
CC3L COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1

BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR

NR O UO UO
70 B+
LS27-9 LS27-1 EM1-4 EM37-2 EM37-1

39 WU B+
II UB UB
LS27-20 I
NY LS27-13 EM1-5
69 B+
LS27-25 I S S
LS27-3 LS2-2 FR1-2
Y C +
CAN 19.1 G G
LS27-5 FR1-1
LS27-4 LS2-1
CAN 19.1
G C –
LS27-15 RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

Y Y Y
LS27-6 LS3-8 CA9-2 RA2-1

I O O O
NOT USED
UP RA2-2
LS27-7 LS3-7 CA9-1
EM51-9 LS27-19
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

9 WO US US US US US I I W W
II CAS81 LSS1 FL1-2
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 LS27-2 LS27-17 LS1-2

BRAKE SWITCH R R
LS27-18 LS1-1 FL1-1

LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

520 Ω I P P P
17 WS RY RY RY O LS27-21 LS3-9 CA29-1 LA2-2
II
CC1-5 CC1-11 CA19-9 LS3-5 LS27-16
STABILITY / TRACTION U U U
STATE LA2-1
LS27-22 LS3-10 CA29-2

I B LH REAR
B B R R R WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
I LS27-8
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-12 CA19-10 LS3-6 LS27-14 I B
LS27-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CC3L

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ABS / TRACTION CONTROL


CONTROL MODULE LS29R LS29L

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
AMBIENT
ASPIRATOR TEMPERATURE SOLAR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX LH BLOWER RH BLOWER
ASSEMBLY SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY SENSOR ASSEMBLY AIR INTAKE AIR INTAKE

VENT DEFROST EVAPORATOR HEATER MATRIX COOL AIR BYPASS FOOT WELL FRESH / RECIRCULATION FRESH / RECIRCULATION
IN-CAR SERVO SERVO TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE SERVO SERVO SERVO SERVO
TEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR SENSOR SENSOR
SENSOR MOTOR

υ
υ υ υ
BW OY

LS16 LS16
-2 -1

UB BW LGW B BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR

FC40 FC40 FC40 FC40 LS3 LS3 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC52 FC52 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33
-2 -1 -3 -4 -3 -4 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -1 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7

UB BW LGW BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P OP KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
FC11 FC7 CA19 CA19 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM -7 -20 -8 -7 -6 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2 -18
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is UB LGW BW OY RG PR SR OR RY RU OP
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
P P
FCS36 FC7-6 CCS13

BW
FCS37 FC7-7 BW
O CC28-6
RY CCS14

6 WP WP B+ O CC28-7
PR
II PY
CC31-1 O CC28-8
13 WN WN I O CC28-9
RB
I UW
CC31-3 O CC28-12
NY NY O UO
36 B+ CC28-13
CC31-5 O CC28-19
RU
O CC28-20
SR
CA50 4
O CC28-21
Y
NY 3 5 GY GY O NR
37 B+ CC28-22
CA20-5 CC31-2 O CC28-25
UR
B B 2 1 GW GW O O CC28-26
GU
CAS37 CA20-4 CC31-15

I CC29-1
OP
CA31L I CC29-2
RG
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY I CC29-3
YW
I CC29-5
SU
I CC29-10
OR
I CC29-11
YG
ENGINE COOLANT SG SG UY
TEMPERATURE 08.1 I I CC29-13
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FC11-9 CC29-6
ENGINE SPEED
08.1
PY PY I O CC30-2
S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC11-8 CC31-6 D CC30-3
SG
VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
OU OU I I CC30-5
OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC11-10 CC31-16 I CC30-6
UG
D CC30-7
SY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D O CC30-8
SR
CC31-10 I CC30-11
UB
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D I CC30-12
KU
CC31-21

O CC31-4
WU
O CC31-8
P
O CC31-12
WR
I CC31-13
B
O CC31-14
B
O CC31-18
LGW
O CC31-19
BW
I CC31-20
BK B WR WU SR SY SG S
B
CCS5 FCS10 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27
-7 -5 -6 -2 -3 -4 -1
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE BK B B WR WU SR SY SG S

CC3R FC29L
I I I I D D I
B+ B+

CLOCK
DATA
DATA
START
LOCATE I RK RK 10.2
ILLUMINATION DIMMER
CC27-8
CONTROLLED
DIMMER I RG RLG 10.2
LIGHTING
OVERRIDE
CC27-9

CONTROL PANEL

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2

SH3
NP 3 5 GK B
81
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning SH4-1 SH4-2
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. PS 2 1 WS 31
Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7. II
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER EM18R
NLG OY OY OY
67
CF1-2 CF1-1 LS32-1 LSS14 LS31-2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
W W WP 62 RELAY
LH RADIATOR FAN EM1-11 LS31-9 LS31-8 E

SH2
B B OG OG NG NG 3 5 GS B
68 80
LS32-3 CF2-1 CF2-2 LS32-4 LS31-5 LS31-3 SH5-1 SH5-2
WU WU EM25
SHS2
PS 2 1 WS 32
RH RADIATOR FAN EM1-12 LS31-7 RLG 5 3 NLG II
LS10L 78 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER EM18L

B RY 2 1 WP 59
E PS LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LS31-1
RELAY
DRIVER MIRROR
CA18
LS10R AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH NB 3 5 NR NR NR B B B B
EM42-4 30
O EM10-2
UG RELAY CAS34 CA10-4 DD8-9 DD8-11 DDS1 CA10-3 CAS40
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL (RHD)
I EM10-3
ULG RELAY MODULE KW 2 1 WP 7 CA30R
UN II (CA33R)
I EM10-4 CA19-14

WU RLG RLG B DOOR MIRROR HEATER NR NR B B B B


I EM12-5 PS
I EM12-6
RW EMS26 PI1-13 PI36-1 RELAY CA12-4 PD8-9 PD8-11 PDS1 CA12-3 CAS40
(LHD)
O EM12-10
RY CA33R
AIR CONDITIONING (CA30R)
PASSENGER MIRROR
W COMPRESSOR
O EM13-15 RLG CLUTCH
O EM13-16
WU BT13-10
EM53-7
3 5 UY UY B
EM53-10 1
P #17 25A BT13-3 BT4-D CA21 IC18
29 1 2 LGP
ENGINE CONTROL 2–30 BAR II
MODULE PG PG BK BT10-8
IC6
HEATED BACKLIGHT
EM53-12 EM51-6 LS26-5 LS26-2
20 BAR HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY(#2) †
WU
EM51-5 LS26-1
12 BAR TRUNK FUSE BOX
RW BK
EM51-10 LS26-3 LS26-4 LSS17 LGP
BK
CA20-1 BT4-31
RLG REFRIGERANT
I CC28-1 4-WAY PRESSURE LS20L
O CC28-2
U SWITCH
O CC28-3
UY CA58

O PS NU 3 5 UW UW UW
CC28-4 42
O CC28-5
KW CA20-2 CC33-5

O CC28-16
LGN UY 2 1 WP 9
RW II
O CC28-17 CA20-6

O CC28-18
LGP
RH BLOWER MOTOR 1
RELAY
I CC29-7
US US U
O CC29-8
GO CC33-13 4

I CC29-15
UK B B
O CC29-16
GP CC33-8 2

GO G
CA19-15
CC33-10 3
EM53 EM53 EM53 EM53
-3 -8 -9 -6

U RW RH BLOWER MOTOR
O CC30-1
ULG

I CC31-7
UG LS3-32
CA58

O UN NW 8 10 UR UR UW
CC31-9 21
I CC31-17
PG CA19-12 CC32-5
LGN 7 6 WP 8
U B B B YW YW 5 3 II
CA20-7
5
EM40-2 EM40-1 EMS4 EM36-2 EM36-1 EM1-8 LS7-2 #15 10A
RW 2 1
44
AIR CONDITIONING LS5-5 II LH BLOWER MOTOR 1
CONTROL MODULE HEATER VALVE RELAY
B HEATER PUMP UK U
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †
CC32-13 4

EM8R
B B
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1; FUSE BOX CC32-8
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.
GP G
CC32-10 3

CC2L
LH BLOWER MOTOR

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Instrument Pack; Clock Instrument Pack; Clock Fig. 08.1

NR I UY
26 B+ TRIP SELECT
FC24-25 FC24-13 FC27-7 A/B
(TRIP SELECT)
12 WG B+
II O
FC24-2 I
RESET
FC24-36 FC27-9 000
(RESET)
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RO I ILLUMINATION BR
LIGHTING SUPPLY
FC24-27 FC24-33 FC27-2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RLG I I Y
LIGHTING DIMMER OVERRIDE MESSAGE
FC25-21 FC24-35 FC27-8 CLEAR

IMPERIAL; I R
METRIC;
SCP 19.1
S S + U.S.A. FC24-14 FC27-1 MI / KM
FC24-19

SCP 19.1
U S –
FC24-20
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
CAN 19.1
Y C +
FC24-24

CAN 19.1
G C –
FC24-47
Y C + NR
CAN 19.1 B+ 15
FC24-23 FC38-6

CAN 19.1
G C – ILLUMINATION I RK 10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
SUPPLY LIGHTING
FC24-48 FC38-2
I BK
FC38-5
RADIO / CASSETTE
16.1 16.2
UW O VEHICLE SPEED
HEAD UNIT
FC25-20

A/CCM 07.1
PY O ENGINE SPEED CLOCK
FC25-3

A/CCM 07.1
SG O ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
FC25-4

A/CCM 07.1
OU O VEHICLE SPEED
FC25-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
11.1
UB O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE
CIRCUITS CONTINUED FC25-6
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
11.6
OB O VEHICLE SPEED TRIP CYCLE I SU SU BK BK BK BK
CONTROL MODULE
FC25-7 FC24-10 SC2-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS28

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
11.6
SO I ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE WARNING TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
FC24-6 FC17R
GENERATOR 03.1 03.2
SW I CHARGE WARNING
FC25-22
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AIRBAG / SRS
17.1
YW I AIRBAG WARNING
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
FC25-16

1 ΚΩ
FUEL LEVEL RW RW RW O
SENSOR BT15 BT4-26 FC1-7 FC25-14
900Ω E F 80Ω

BT14

BW BW BW I FUEL LEVEL GAUGE


BT4-25 FC1-4 FC25-13

OS OS OS I OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)


CLOSES WITH PRESSURE PI40-1 PI1-48 EM2-16 FC25-19

OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH

I BK BK
FC24-1 FCS7

BK BK OP OP I LOW COOLANT I B
WARNING
EMS36 EM55-1 EM55-2 EM2-17 FC25-23 FC24-26

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH


EM8L FC29R FC17L

INSTRUMENT PACK

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2

NB
13 B+
FC15-80
NY
17 B+
FC15-104
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
I
FC15-32

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE


17.1
RW D
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC15-10

BK BK BK GB GB GB I
CA23-8 SMS4D SM8-1D SM8-2D CA23-7 FC5-3 FC15-31
AUDIBLE O GR GR
SEAT BELT WARNING 1
CA25R FC15-82 SC1-10
(CA26R) SWITCH
AUDIBLE O GB GB
NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles. WARNING 2
FC15-83 SC1-11

AUDIBLE SPEAKER
WARNING
CONTROL
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SCP SOURCES:
SCP 19.1
U S – AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 FC15-84
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2 • DIRECTION INDICATORS
SCP 19.1
S S + • HAZARD WARNING
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2 FC15-85 • SIDE LAMPS ON
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2 • VALET MODE WARNING
LOGIC • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
POWER • AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Fig. 09.1

SCP 19.1
U
UB
SCP 19.1
S #21 10A LS5-4
3 5 UW
5
NG B+ LIGHTING 1 #19 10A LS7-10
29
S U FC15-79 1 2 UG
– 5
FC24-20 FCS2 NB LS5-7
13 B+ LIGHTING 2
+ S S FC15-80 UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
FC24-19 FCS3 RW I #8 10A LS6-8
LIGHTING
1
INDICATORS FC15-41 3 5 UK
5
2 WO I #6 10A LS6-4
II
LEFT HAND:
FC15-15 1 2 US
5
LS6-9
INSTRUMENT PACK
U S – OB RO B
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FC15-84 LS8-3 BL1-2 BL4-A BL4-B
560 Ω 560 Ω
S S + 3 5 OW
5 FRONT FOG LAMP
FC3-7 FC15-85 #17 15A LS8-10 BR1-2
REAR FOG
STATE 44 1 2 OG UB
FC3-9 NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with II LS5-8
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω Daytime Running Lamps. LIGHTING LS38-3
CONTROL MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
DIMMER CONTROL: RLG BULB FAILURE UY B
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 MONITORING
FC3-1 LS38-2 LS38-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX DIP
560 Ω 560 Ω
OG O OG OG OG RK B
FC3-5 FC15-20 FCS4 FC5-13 LS3-16 LS38-1 LS38-5 LSS9
FRONT FOG SIDE LAMP
STATE O US US B
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω FC15-68 FC5-20 LS3-18 FRONT LAMP UNIT
LSS7
O UG UG
FC15-45 FC5-15 LS3-17 GY B B
O RK RK BL2-1 BL2-2 BLS1

BK BK FC15-53 FC5-24 LS3-22


BL1-1
FCS7 FC3-3 REAR FOG FC3-6 O GY GY GY DIRECTION INDICATOR
FC15-2 FC5-23 LS3-11 BL1-4
B B
OR OR I YK YK NOT USED
FC17L FRONT FOG FC3-10 FC15-38 RG RG B
FC15-27 FC5-21 LS3-19
BL1-3 BL5-1 BL5-2
LSS8
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
SIDE MARKER B
LS18L

NR
14
CC1-9 PW PW O
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96 RIGHT HAND:
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT
BK BK PY PY I
CCS4 CC1-2 HAZARD CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59 OW B
BR4-A BR4-B
CC3R CC3L CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FRONT FOG LAMP
UW
LS40-3
MAIN
U U U I
HEADLAMP SC2-2 FC15-30 UK B
FLASH
LS40-2 LS40-4
DIP
UB UB UB I
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC15-14 O RY RY RY B
MAIN BEAM LSS3
FC15-1 FC5-17 LS3-26 LS40-1 LS40-5
L YG YG YG SIDE LAMP
I
B
SC2-7 FC15-88 FRONT LAMP UNIT
R KG KG KG I
GK LSS4
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC15-61 O GK GK GK B B
INDICATOR BRS1
FC15-3 FC5-18 LS3-29 BR1-4 BR2-1 BR2-2

BR1-1 B
DIP UY UY UY I DIRECTION INDICATOR
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU GR B
SC2-4 FC15-42 NOT USED
AUTO HEADLAMPS / 11.5
MIRROR TINT SC2-1 FC15-81 FC1-5 RG RG B
LSS20
SIDE BR1-3 BR5-1 BR5-2 LSS16
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16 SIDE MARKER B
LS19R
FC17R LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
POWER RG RG REAR SIDE LAMPS
09.3 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LS3-20
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Fig. 09.2

19.1
U
SCP
UB
SCP 19.1
S #21 10A LS5-4
3 5 UW
5
NG #19 10A LS7-10
29 B+ LIGHTING 1
S U FC15-79 1 2 UG
– 5
FC24-20 FCS2 NB LS5-7
13 B+ LIGHTING 2
+ S S FC15-80 UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
FC24-19 FCS3 RW I #8 10A LS6-8
1
LIGHTING FC15-41 3 5 UK
INDICATORS 5
2 WO I #6 10A LS6-4
II LEFT HAND:
FC15-15 1 2 US
5
LS6-9
INSTRUMENT PACK
U S – OB RO B
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FC15-84 LS8-3 BL1-2 BL4-1 BL4-2
560 Ω 560 Ω
S S + 3 5 OW
5 FRONT FOG LAMP
FC3-7 FC15-85 #17 15A LS8-10 BR1-2
REAR FOG
STATE 44 1 2 OG UB
FC3-9
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with LIGHTING
II LS5-8 LS38-3
Daytime Running Lamps. CONTROL MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
DIMMER CONTROL: RLG BULB FAILURE UY B
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 MONITORING
FC3-1 LS38-2 LS38-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX DIP
560 Ω 560 Ω
OG O OG OG OG RK B
FC3-5 FC15-20 FCS4 FC5-13 LS3-16 LS38-1 LS38-5 LSS9
FRONT FOG
STATE US US SIDE LAMP
O B
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω FC15-68 FC5-20 LS3-18 FRONT LAMP UNIT
LSS7
O UG UG
FC15-45 FC5-15 LS3-17 GY B B
O RK RK BL2-1 BL2-2 BLS1
BK BK FC15-53 FC5-24 LS3-22
BL1-1
FCS7 FC3-3 REAR FOG FC3-6 O GY GY GY DIRECTION INDICATOR
FC15-2 FC5-23 LS3-11 BL1-4
OR OR I YK B
O YK YK B B
FC17L FRONT FOG FC3-10 FC15-38
FC15-27 FC5-21 LS3-19 LS17-1 LS17-2

FOG LAMP SWITCHES SIDE DI REPEATER


LSS8

B
NR
14 LS18L
CC1-9 PW PW O
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT
BK BK PY PY I RIGHT HAND:
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59
HAZARD

CC3R CC3L CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK OW B


BR4-1 BR4-2

FRONT FOG LAMP


U U U I UW
HEADLAMP SC2-2 FC15-30 LS40-3
FLASH MAIN

UB UB UB I UK B
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC15-14 LS40-2 LS40-4
MAIN BEAM DIP

L YG YG YG I O RY RY RY B
SC2-7 FC15-88 FC15-1 FC5-17 LS3-26 LS40-1 LS40-5 LSS3
SIDE LAMP
R KG KG KG I B
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC15-61 FRONT LAMP UNIT LSS4
INDICATOR

O GK GK GK GK B B
DIP UY UY UY I FC15-3 FC5-18 LS3-29 BR1-4 BR2-1 BR2-2 BRS1
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU SC2-4 FC15-42
MIRROR TINT 11.5 DIRECTION INDICATOR BR1-1
SC2-1
SIDE O GR GR B B B
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I FC15-81 FC1-5 CA80-1 CA80-2
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16
SIDE DI REPEATER
FC17R LOGIC CAS40 LSS16

LIGHTING STALK B B
POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR CA33R LS19R

DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Fig. 09.3

NK B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) I US US US US US WO 9
48 II
BT1-6 BT2-1 BTS10 BT4-18 CAS81 CA19-16 CC40-1 CC40-4
U U S – O UB
SCP 19.1 BRAKE SWITCH
BT1-16 BT1-9 BT11-4

SCP 19.1
S S S + O UW
BT1-8 BT1-3 #6 BT11-7 CA35-3
U LIGHTING O YW 3 5 GB GB
SCP 19.1 CONTROL 1
BT1-5 #8 10A BT11-5 BT4-40
S BULB FAILURE
I GW 1 2 US B B
SCP 19.1 MONITORING 1
BT2-6 BT11-9 CA35-2 CAS37

BK I O OG RK
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
BT12-10
HIGH-MOUNTED CA31L
BT1-13 BT1-4 #19 5A STOP LAMP
BK I O RO 3 5 RY
BTS18 1
BT1-14 BT1-7 #21 5A BT10-4 LEFT HAND:
BK 1 2 RS
1
BT22L SECURITY AND LOCKING BT10-7 RG B
CONTROL MODULE UP BT29-1 BT29-2
SIDE MARKER AND
19.1
Y C + NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) † BT11-8
CAN SIDE MARKER
FC24-24 – S U U S –
G C – FC24-20 FCS2 FC15-84 OB
CAN 19.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
FC24-47 + S S S S + BT51-7
FCS3 FOG
FC24-19 FC15-85
REVERSE NG B+ LIGHTING 1
BTS2 YW
GEAR 29
FC15-79 BT51-5
LIGHTING NB REVERSE
INDICATORS 13 B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
RB
NY
17 B+ HIGH CURRENT
BT51-3
FC15-104 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
RO UB
INSTRUMENT PACK
RW I BT32-11
1 BT51-2
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output. FC15-41 OG STOP
2 WO I REAR FOG LAMPS BT32-6
II OB GY B
FC15-15
560 Ω 560 Ω
OY O BT32-10 BTS9 BT51-4 BT51-6
FC3-7 FC15-44 GW DI
37 WR REAR FOG
STATE BT32-8
II
FC3-9 TRAILER CONNECTED TAIL LAMP UNIT
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
B
BT32-1 RK PW PW B
DIMMER CONTROL:
10.2
RLG TRAILER REVERSE YW BTS7 BT40-1 BT40 BT40-2 BTS15 BT27-1 BT27-2
DIMMER OVERRIDE LAMPS CONTROL
FC3-1 LIGHTING BT32-12
CONTROL NUMBER PLATE LAMP
TRAILER REVERSE NP
560 Ω 560 Ω LAMPS B+ 53
BULB FAILURE BT32-4
MONITORING
FC3-5 TRAILER REVERSE B BTS1 RIGHT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMPS RELAY GROUND
STATE BT32-13

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω NUMBER PLATE LAMPS RK PW B B


BT32-5 BTS21
BT26-1 BT26-2
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
RY RY RG
BT32-2 BTS8 BT4-13 NUMBER PLATE LAMP BT20
BK BK OP I
TRAILER STOP LAMP
UP
FCS7 FC3-3 FC3-6 FC15-12
REAR FOG BT32-7 GK
FC17L TRAILER LH DI GR BT50-4
FOG LAMP SWITCHES DI
BT32-9
FC1-2 STOP
TRAILER RH DI GO
UW
NR BT32-3
14 BT50-5
CC1-9 PW PW O TRAILER CONNECTOR RW
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96
BT50-6
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER O GO GO TAIL
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT RG
BK BK PY PY I FC15-49 FC1-39 BT4-21
CCS4 CC1-2 HAZARD CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59 O GR GR YW
FC15-75 FC1-38 BT4-20 BT50-3
CC3R CC3L
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK O RS RS REVERSE

FC15-95 FC1-21 BT4-27 OB B


FC5-16
O RB RB BT50-1 BT50-2
DIRECTION L YG YG I FOG
INDICATOR FC15-54 FC1-36 BT4-11
SC2-7 FC15-88 RG
O GY GY TAIL LAMP UNIT
R KG KG I FC15-50 FC1-12 BT4-23
SC2-8 FC15-61 RG B B
O GK GK CAS59 RG RG
UY FC15-76 FC1-13 BT4-24 BT4-12 BTS16 BT31-1 BT31-2 BTS5

YU SC2-4 O RW RW
SIDE MARKER BT28R
FC15-28 FC1-37 BT4-10
SIDE
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16 B
RG FRONT SIDE LAMPS
LOGIC 09.1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC17R LIGHTING STALK
POWER YW 11.5 REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BT21L
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Fig. 09.4

NK B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) I US US US US US WO 9
48 II
BT1-6 BT2-1 BTS10 BT4-18 CAS81 CA19-16 CC40-1 CC40-4

SCP 19.1
U U S – O UB
BT1-16 BT1-9 BT11-4 BRAKE SWITCH
SCP 19.1
S S S + O UW
BT1-8 BT1-3 #6 BT11-7

SCP U LIGHTING O YW 3 5 GB GB
19.1
CONTROL
1
BT1-5 #8 10A BT11-5 BT4-40 CA35-3
S BULB FAILURE I GW 1 2 US
SCP 19.1 MONITORING 1
BT2-6 BT11-9

BK I O OG RK B B
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
BT1-13 BT1-4 #19 5A BT12-10 CA35-2 CAS37

BK I O RO 3 5 RY
BTS18 1 HIGH-MOUNTED CA31L
BT10-4
BT1-14 BT1-7 #21 5A STOP LAMP
BK 1 2 RS
1
SECURITY AND LOCKING BT10-7
BT22L
CONTROL MODULE UP
SIDE MARKER AND
CAN 19.1
Y C + NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) † BT11-8 LEFT HAND:
FC24-24 – S U U S –
G C – FC24-20 FCS2 FC15-84 OB
CAN 19.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
FC24-47 + S S S S + BT51-7
FCS3 FOG
FC24-19 FC15-85
REVERSE NG BTS2 YW
GEAR 29 B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79 BT51-5
LIGHTING NB REVERSE
INDICATORS 13 B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
RB
NY
17 B+ HIGH CURRENT
BT51-3
FC15-104 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
RO UB
INSTRUMENT PACK
RW I BT32-11
1 BT51-2
FC15-41 OG STOP
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
2 WO I REAR FOG LAMPS BT32-6
II OB GY B
FC15-15
560 Ω 560 Ω
OY O BT32-10 BTS9 BT51-4 BT51-6
FC3-7 FC15-44 GW DI
37 WR REAR FOG
STATE BT32-8
II
FC3-9 TRAILER CONNECTED TAIL LAMP UNIT
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
B
BT32-1 RK PW PW B
DIMMER CONTROL:
10.2
RLG TRAILER REVERSE YW BTS7 BT40-1 BT40 BT40-2 BTS15 BT27-1 BT27-2
DIMMER OVERRIDE LAMPS CONTROL
FC3-1 LIGHTING BT32-12
CONTROL TRAILER REVERSE NP NUMBER PLATE LAMP
560 Ω 560 Ω LAMPS B+ 53
BULB FAILURE BT32-4
MONITORING
FRONT FOG FC3-5 TRAILER REVERSE B BTS1 RIGHT HAND:
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
STATE BT32-13

10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω NUMBER PLATE LAMPS


RK PW B B
BT32-5 BTS21
BT26-1 BT26-2
SIDE MARKER LAMPS RY RY RG
BT32-2 BTS8 BT4-13 NUMBER PLATE LAMP
BK BK OP I BT20
TRAILER STOP LAMP UP
FCS7 FC3-3 REAR FOG FC3-6 FC15-12
BT32-7 GK
FC17L TRAILER LH DI GR BT50-4
FOG LAMP SWITCHES DI
BT32-9
FC1-2 STOP
TRAILER RH DI GO
UW
NR BT32-3
14 BT50-5
CC1-9 PW PW O RW
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96
BT50-6
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER O GO GO TAIL
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT RG
BK BK PY PY I FC15-49 FC1-39 BT4-21
CCS4 CC1-2 HAZARD CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59 O GR GR YW
FC15-75 FC1-38 BT4-20 BT50-3
CC3R CC3L CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK O RS RS REVERSE

FC15-95 FC1-21 BT4-27 OB B


FC5-16
O RB RB BT50-1 BT50-2
DIRECTION L YG YG I FOG
INDICATOR FC15-54 FC1-36 BT4-11
SC2-7 FC15-88 RG
O GY GY TAIL LAMP UNIT BT28R
R KG KG I FC15-50 FC1-12 BT4-23
SC2-8 FC15-61
O GK GK CAS59
RG NOT USED
UY FC15-76 FC1-13 BT4-24 BT4-12
YU SC2-4 O RW RW
FC15-28 FC1-37 BT4-10 RG NOT USED
SIDE LS3-20
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16 B
YW 11.5
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
LOGIC (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC17R LIGHTING STALK
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BT21L
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.5

38 WR
II
FC14-2
34 WR
0 II
203 Ω 187 Ω
LS41-1 SERVO LH HEADLAMP
1 AMPLIFIER
GS GS GS GS LEVELING ACTUATOR
2 FC14-3 FC5-31 LS3-27 LSS11 LS41-2
3
BK BK
FC14-4 FCS7

LEVELING SWITCH
FC17L LS41-3

FASCIA SWITCH PACK B

LSS8

B
LS18L

35 WR
II
LS42-1
SERVO RH HEADLAMP
GS AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
LS42-2

LS42-3

LSS16

B
LS19R

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Fig. 10.1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off
interior lamps during engine cranking.

PW PW 11.3 MIRROR MOVEMENT


B+ SUPPLY
RW I PW
1
FC15-41 ILLUMINATION O PW PW
WO ENABLE FCS13 PW
2 I FC15-101
II PW PW B B
FC15-15
10 WN I FC33 FC34 FCS10
I
FC15-32
NB GLOVE BOX LAMP
13 B+ LIGHTING 2 FC29L
FC15-80 PW PW
NY B+ HIGH CURRENT FC1-1 CA53-8
17 1
FC15-104 PW B B
2
INTERIOR LAMPS I GR GR FC5-D CA69-1 CA69-2 CAS46
3
ON / OFF FC15-57 FC5-8 CA53-2
4
BK BK UR I COURTESY
LAMPS 5 CA30L
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC15-67 LH VANITY LAMP
6
O NW NW
IGNITION SWITCH FADE 1 7
FC17L (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC15-24 FC5-5 CA53-3
8
B B PW B B
CAS46 RIBBON CAS40
CA53-4 CONNECTOR FC1-3 CA70-1 CA70-2
INTERIOR
LIGHTING MAP LAMPS
CONTROL
CA30L GARAGE DOOR OPENER CA33R
RH VANITY LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
PW PW PW RY
O RW RW RW RW B FC1-29 BT4-4 BTS22 BT46-2 BT46-1
FADE 2
FC15-74 FC1-6 CAS36 IC1-11 IC4-2 IC4-1
COURTESY
LH TRUNK LAMP

– S U 19.1 SCP 18 WG WG IC20


PW RY RY
LOGIC I
FC15-84 IC1-12 IC4-3 BT47-2 BT47-1 BTS23 BT38-1 BT38-2
BT38
S READING
POWER + S 19.1 SCP RH TRUNK LAMP
FC15-85 LH E-POST LAMP
BK BK RY RY
RW B B BTS18 BT41-2 BT41-1 BTS24
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE CA5-2 CA5-1 CAS37
COURTESY TRUNK SWITCH
BT22
19 WG CA31L
I
CA5-3
READING

NO NO RH E-POST LAMP
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1

LOCK OY I – S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


U S –
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 DD10-9 RD10-9 NO NO
8 B+ 22 LHD 43 RHD
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I + S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
S S + RD10-1 CA14-1
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD10-16 RD10-16
KEY BARREL DOOR DOOR
LAMP LAMP
CONTROL CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES GW B B B RHD B GW B B B
O O
DD10-14 DD14-1 DD14-2 DDS1 CA10-3 CAS40 RD10-14 RD14-1 RD14-2 RDS2 CA14-3
LHD
BK BK BK G I BK BK BK G I
DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR
CA8-8 DDS3 DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 B B CA14-4 RDS1 RD3-6 RD3-5 RD11-20 PUDDLE LAMP CA36R
PUDDLE LAMP (CA33R)
I B CA30R CA33R I B
DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR
CA36L DD10-17 RD10-17
(CA33L) SWITCH SWITCH
BK I CA36L BK I
(CA33L)
DD10-8 RD10-8

DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

– S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


U S –
NO NO PD10-9 RP10-9 NO NO
RHD 23 LHD 44 B+ B+ 43 LHD 22 RHD
CA12-1 PD10-1 + S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
S S + RP10-1 CA16-1

DOOR PD10-16 RP10-16


DOOR
LAMP LAMP
CONTROL CONTROL

O GW B B B LHD B O GW B B B
PD10-14 PD14-1 PD14-2 PDS1 CA12-3 CAS40 RP10-14 RP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2 CA16-3
RHD
BK BK BK G I BK BK BK G I
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CA11-8 PDS3 PD3-7 PD3-6 PD11-20 B B CA16-4 RDS1 RP3-6 RP3-5 RP11-20 PUDDLE LAMP
CA33R
PUDDLE LAMP (CA36R)
I B CA30R CA33R I B
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CA33L PD10-17 RP10-17
(CA36L) SWITCH SWITCH
BK I CA33L BK I
(CA36L)
PD10-8 RP10-8

PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Dimmer Controlled Lighting Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2

INSTRUMENT AIR CONDITIONING


PACK RADIO CONTROL PANEL CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
LOCATE

ILLUMINATION

ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION LH SEAT RH SEAT
CENTRAL TRACTION /
VALET HEATER HEATER

OVERRIDE

OVERRIDE

OVERRIDE
LOCKING STABILITY HAZARD

DIMMER

DIMMER

DIMMER
SUPPLY

SUPPLY

OVERRIDE
DIMMER
FC24 FC25 FC24 IC10 IC10
-27 -21 -26 -4 -3

CC1 CC1 CC1


RO RLG B RLG RK BRD RG RK B -10 -4 -16

BK
FC29R CE2
IC1 IC1 CCS5
-2 -1
CC27 CC27 CC27 RLG RK
-9 -8 -7
B 07.1 A/CCM
BK
RLG RK RLG RK CC3R

RLG RLG RLG RLG DIMMER


OVERRIDE
SC11-2 SC3-8 FCS25 FC3-1

RLG CA19 CA19


RK B B
-1 -18 FC3-4 FC3-2 FCS10
FC7-19
NY NY RO LOCATE
11 B+ O ILLUMINATION
FCS5 FC23-10 FC23-1 FCS31 RLG FC29L
RLG FOG LAMP
NY B+ O RO
SWITCHES
FC23-11 FC23-2
11 WN I CCS9 RLG DIMMER
I OVERRIDE
FC23-3 CC4-10
RK BK BK
UO UO UO O CC4-5 CC4-1 CCS4

SC11-4 SC3-9 FC23-12 LOCATE


ILLUMINATION
Y Y Y I CC3L
SC11-5 SC3-10 FC23-5
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
G G G O
SC11-6 SC3-11 FC23-6 RLG DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RY RY CC20-10

DIMMER SC11-3 RK B
OVERRIDE CC20-5 CC20-1
LOCATE
DIMMER CONTROL ILLUMINATION
O RK
FC23-8 CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
UY RK B B
YU SC2-4 CC14-5 CC14-10 CCS15
LOCATE
SC2-1 O RK RK NOT USED * ILLUMINATION
SIDE FC23-7 FCS33 FC1-41 CC2R
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY RY RY GEAR SELECTOR
I
* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector – ILLUMINATION MODULE
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC23-4 RK early production vehicles only.
RK RK RK RK B
FC17R
B I FC5-48
CCS8 FC7-1 FCS19 FC27-3 FC27-4
LOCATE
LIGHTING STALK FC23-9 ILLUMINATION
FC29R
RK TRIP COMPUTER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SWITCH PACK
DIMMER MODULE
BPM:
09.2 09.1
RY
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
CA224 -11
RK RK RK RK RK B B RK B
12.5 -17 -12
REAR SEAT SWITCHES: RK RK CA53-7 CA53-4 CAS46 FCS10
LOCATE ILLUMINATION SM25-4P CA27-10 FC14-6 FC14-5
-18 -13 LOCATE B
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
12.10 12.9 12.8
RK ILLUMINATION
-15 -14 -16
CA30L FC29L
ROOF CONSOLE
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
BK BK BK RK RK
PDS3 CA8-6 RK BK BK
CA11-8 PD1-4 PD1-2 CA11-6
LOCATE FC38-2 FC38-5 FCS28
ILLUMINATION LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L) PASSENGER DOOR FC17R
SWITCH PACK CLOCK

BK BK BK RK RK RK BK BK BK RK RK RK B
CA14-4 RDS1 RD1-4 RD1-2 CA46-1 DD1-20 DD1-24 DDS3 CA8-8 CA19-3 CAS13 CA74-3 CA74-1
LOCATE LOCATE
ILLUMINATION ILLUMINATION
LOCATE CA36L
CA36L ILLUMINATION CA47L
(CA33L) FRONT
(CA33L) DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK CIGAR LIGHTER
DRIVER DOOR
BK BK BK RK RK SWITCH PACK RK B
CA16-4 RPS1 RP1-4 RP1-2 CA45-1 CA76 CA75-1
LOCATE LOCATE
ILLUMINATION ILLUMINATION
CA33L CA47R
(CA36L) PASSENGER REAR DOOR REAR
SWITCH PACK CIGAR LIGHTER

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 11.1

10 WP B+ O R R R
II
CA32-6 CA32-2 LS3-30 LL2-1 LL3-1

VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
UB UB I O S S S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC5-11 CA32-4 CA32-5 LS3-48† LL2-2 LL3-2

VARIABLE STEERING
I B B CONVERTER
CA32-8 CAS46

CA30L

POWER ASSISTED STEERING


CONTROL MODULE

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.2

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS


NB B+ LOGIC
13
FC15-80
TILT REACH
NB
38 B+ COLUMN
FC15-102
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
I
FC15-32
WU WG K N R WU WG U G S
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL FC49 FC49 FC49 FC49 FC49 FC50 FC50 FC50 FC50 FC50
-2 -5 -3 -1 -6 -3 -6 -4 -1 -8

WU BK YK PN BR WU BK PU PG BS
O BK
270 Ω
SK SK I FC15-90
UP SC9-3 SC3-6 FC15-87 O WU
100 Ω
FC15-40 FCS17
NP NP DOWN I YK
18 470 Ω
SC3-5 SC9-1 FC15-93
FORE O PN
820 Ω
FC15-99
AFT O BR
COLUMN JOY STICK FC15-100
O BK
BK BK BK BK YB YB I
FCS28 SCS1 SC9-7 FC15-91
SC2-9 SC9-5 SC3-7 FC15-11
AUTO TILT SWITCH I PU
FC15-66
FC17R
O PG
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR FC15-78
O BS
BK BK UR I FC15-52
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC15-67 – S
U 19.1 SCP
FC17L IGNITION SWITCH FC15-84
(KEY-IN SWITCH) + S
S 19.1 SCP
FC15-85
BK BK SB SB I I B B
POWER
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58 FC15-25 FCS10

CC3L NOT-IN-PARK LOGIC


MICROSWITCH POWER

FC29L

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NO NO – S
U
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ 19.1 SCP
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9
UG O + S
S 19.1 SCP
DD1-14 DD11-2 DD10-16

BK BK BK G I
CA8-8 DDS3 DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR
CA36L SWITCH
(CA33L) BK I
DD10-8

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

NW
9
DD1-1 NO NO – S
U
SET MEMORY RHD 43 LHD 22 B+ 19.1 SCP
STATUS CA14-1 RD10-1 RD10-9
MEMORY 1 UP UP UP I + S
S 19.1 SCP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5 RD10-16
MEMORY 2 UN UN UN I I BK
MEMORY
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 POSITIONS RD10-8

NOTE: Memory switches – MEMORY 3 US US US I I BK BK BK


** RDS1
driver memory seat vehicles only. DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15 RD10-19 CA14-4
MEMORY SET KS KS KS I I BK
** CA36L
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13 RD11-7 (CA33L)

** NOTE: Module identification.


MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Mirror Movement: Memory Mirror Movement: Memory Fig. 11.3

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR


MOTORS MOTORS
NB – S
U S S + + C Y
13 B+ LOGIC 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 19.1 CAN
FC15-80 FC15-84 FC24-19 FC24-24 VERTICAL HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
RW I S S U S – C G
1 + 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 – 19.1 CAN
FC15-41 FC15-85 FC24-20 FC24-47
VEHICLE
2 WO I SPEED
II
FC15-15
REVERSE
10 WN I GEAR
I
FC15-32

BK BK SB SB I INSTRUMENT PACK
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58
WU WG K N U G S WU WG K N U G S
CC3L
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH LOGIC
PW O B+ DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8
PW FC15-101 POWER -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
PW
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW FCS13
B+ SUPPLY
PW
BODY PROCESSOR
PW MODULE
PW MEMORY
POSITIONS
NO NO S U
RHD 43 LHD 22 B+ – 19.1 SCP
CA14-1 RD10-1 RD10-9
NW MEMORY 1 UP UP UP I S S
9 + 19.1 SCP
DD1-1 DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5 RD10-16
MEMORY 2 UN UN UN I I BK
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 RD10-8
MEMORY 3 US US US I I BK BK BK
** RDS1
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15 RD10-19 CA14-4
MEMORY SET KS KS KS I I BK
** CA36L
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13 RD11-7 (CA33L)

** NOTE: Module identification.

SET MEMORY STATUS


DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY SWITCHES
NO NO S U
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1 SCP
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9
UG O S S
+ 19.1 SCP
DD1-14 DD11-2 DD10-16
O WU
PW PW YR I DD10-20
FC5-14 (LHD) CA8-1 DD1-4 DD1-17 DD11-9 I OK
FC1-40 (RHD)
UP DD10-22
O ON
LEFT RIGHT DD10-4
I OU
SN I DD10-21
DOWN DD1-16 OG
DD11-17 O
OR I DD10-3
DD1-7 DD11-3 O Y
YN I DD10-2
DD1-5 DD11-10

MIRROR JOY STICK


OU (LHD)
DRIVER OB (RHD) I
DD1-8 (LHD)
OB (LHD) DD11-13 NO NO O WU
DD1-18 (RHD) RHD 23 LHD 44 B+
PASSENGER OU (RHD) I CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-20
DD1-18 (LHD) DD11-5 SCP 19.1
U S – I YK
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH MIRROR PD10-9 PD10-22
CONTROL
19.1
S S + O PN
SCP
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK BK G I PD10-16 PD10-4
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 I PU
MIRROR PD10-21
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
PG
SWITCH O
BK I PD10-3
BK BK DD10-8 O Y
CA8-8 DDS3 BK I MIRROR PD10-2
COMMON
DD11-1 I BK BK BK
B B RHD B B B I PD10-8 PDS3 CA11-8
CAS40 CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 I B B B LHD B B
LHD PDS1 CAS40
PD10-17 CA12-3
RHD
B
DRIVER DOOR
CA36L
CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE B
(CA33L) PASSENGER DOOR CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CA30R CA33R (CA36L)

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Fig. 11.4

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR


MOTORS MOTORS
NB S U
13 B+ LOGIC – 19.1 SCP
FC15-80 FC15-84 VERTICAL HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
RW I S S
1 + 19.1 SCP
FC15-41 FC15-85
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
I
FC15-32

LOGIC

PW O B+ POWER
PW FC15-101
N G S N G S
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED
PW
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW FCS13 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8
B+ SUPPLY BODY PROCESSOR
PW MODULE
-2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
PW
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
PW

UP UP UP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5
UN UN UN
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 NOT USED
NOT USED
US US US
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15
KS KS KS
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13

DRIVER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE

NO NO S U
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1 SCP
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9

S S
+ 19.1 SCP
DD10-16

NOT USED
WU
PW PW YR I DD10-20
FC5-14 (LHD) CA8-1 DD1-4 DD1-17 DD11-9 NOT USED OK
FC1-40 (RHD)
UP DD10-22
O ON
DD10-4
LEFT RIGHT
NOT USED
OU
SN I DD10-21
DOWN DD1-16 DD11-17 O OG
OR I DD10-3
DD1-7 DD11-3 O Y
YN I DD10-2
DD1-5 DD11-10
MIRROR
MIRROR JOY STICK CONTROL
OU (LHD)
DRIVER OB (RHD) I
DD1-8 (LHD)
OB (LHD) DD11-13 NO NO NOT USED WU
DD1-18 (RHD) RHD 23 LHD 44 B+
PASSENGER OU (RHD) I CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-20
DD1-18 (LHD) DD11-5 SCP 19.1
U S – NOT USED YK
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH PD10-9 PD10-22

SCP 19.1
S S + O PN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PD10-16 PD10-4

NOT USED PU
PD10-21
O PG
MIRROR
BK I CONTROL PD10-3
BK BK DD10-8 O Y
CA8-8 DDS3 BK I MIRROR PD10-2
COMMON
DD11-1 I BK BK BK
B B RHD B B B B I PD10-8 PDS3 CA11-8
CAS40 CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 I B B B LHD B B
LHD PDS1 CAS40
PD10-17 CA12-3
RHD
B
DRIVER DOOR
CA36L
CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE B
(CA33L) PASSENGER DOOR CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CA30R CA33R (CA36L)

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.5

NO – S
U SCP S S + + C
Y CAN
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ 19.1 SCP 19.1 19.1
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 FC24-19 FC24-24
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors. S U S – G
+ S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 – C 19.1 CAN
DD10-16 FC24-20 FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED

PW YR REVERSE
I GEAR
DD1-4 DD1-17 DD11-9
UP
(FOLD-OUT)
MIRROR
CONTROL INSTRUMENT PACK
LEFT RIGHT
R R
DOWN SN I CAS35 CA8-13 DD8-1
(FOLD-BACK) DD1-16 DD11-17 CA60 4 B
OR I R 3 5 NB
31
DD1-7 DD11-3 SR SR
YN I YU 2 1 NB CA8-14 DD8-7 FOLD-BACK
32 MOTOR
DD1-5 DD11-10

MIRROR JOY STICK


OU (LHD) FOLD-BACK
DRIVER OB (RHD) CA224 -2 YLG YLG MIRROR
I RELAY TINT
DD1-8 (LHD)
NEUTRAL DD1-18 (RHD)
OB (LHD) DD11-13 CA8-12 DD8-12
OU (RHD) I -1
PASSENGER DD1-18 (LHD) DD11-5 CA60 9 B -3
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH SR 8 10 CAS50 NB
33 DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK RG 7 6 NB
34
BK I
BK BK DD10-8
B
CA8-8 DDS3 BK I MIRROR R R
COMMON FOLD-OUT
DD11-1 RELAY CA11-13 PD8-1
B B RHD B B B I CA38R
CAS40 CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17
LHD
SR SR
B CA11-14 PD8-7 FOLD-BACK
DRIVER DOOR MOTOR
CA36L
(CA33L) CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE

NB – S
U YLG YLG MIRROR
13 B+ LOGIC 19.1 SCP
TINT
FC15-80 FC15-84 CAS41 CA11-12 PD8-12
2 WO I + S
S 19.1 SCP
II
FC15-15 FC15-85
10 WN I
I
PASSENGER DOOR
FC15-32 O YU YU MIRROR
PW PW FC15-72 FC5-42
CA8-1 FC5-14 (LHD) PW O RG RG
FC1-40 (RHD)
PW FC15-77 FC5-43
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW PW O B+ YLG
B+ SUPPLY
PW FCS13 FC15-101 CA55-4 MIRROR
PW WS TINT
13
II
CA55-1
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK YU YU
CONTROL FC1-11 CA55-5
AUTO
YW HEADLAMPS
BT4-8 CA55-2
DIP UY UY I BK BK
YU YU SC2-4 FC15-42 CAS61 CA55-3
SC2-1
SIDE
CA30R INTERIOR
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I REAR VIEW MIRROR
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16

FC17R LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
POWER YW 09.3 09.4
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit. BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 11.6

NS O OS OS
72 B+
EM68-27 EM68-30 EM64-A
43 WK B+ O OW OW
II
EM68-11 EM68-31 EM64-B

LH FRONT
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D DAMPER SOLENOID
EM68-10

SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2


K D O OG OG
EM68-28 EM68-14 EM65-A
O OY OY
EM68-33 EM65-B

RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
08.1
SO SO O
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM2-10 EM68-1 O OB OB OB OB
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
OB OB I EM68-13 EM2-20 FC5-41 CA29-4 LA1-A
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM2-14 EM68-24 O OW OW OW OW
EM68-32 EM2-1 FC5-40 CA29-3 LA1-B

LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID

O OP OP OP OP
EM68-15 EM2-12 FC1-20 CA9-4 RA1-A
O OY OY OY OY
EM68-34 EM2-11 FC1-19 CA9-3 RA1-B

RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
9 WO US US US US US US US I
II CAS81 LSS1 EMS21
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 EM1-1 EM68-26

BRAKE SWITCH

I PB PB LATERAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-20 EM28-1
UW GROUND
EM28-2
U B+
EM28-3

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)

I UB UB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-21 EM4-1
O UW UW GROUND
EM68-3 EMS45 EM4-2
O U U B+
EM68-25 EMS44 EM4-3

FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER

I RB RB RB RB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-22 EM2-9 FC1-28 BT4-30 BT7-1
UW UW UW UW GROUND
B B I EM2-5 FC1-27 BT4-29 BT7-2
EMS11 EM68-18 U U U U B+
EM2-4 FC1-26 BT4-28 BT7-3

EM17

REAR VERTICAL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING ACCELEROMETER
CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS


NB B+ LOGIC S U SCP
13 – 19.1
FC15-80 FC15-84
HEADREST SEAT FRONT SEAT REAR RECLINE SEAT
RW I S S RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER FORE / AFT FORE / AFT
1 + 19.1 SCP
FC15-41 FC15-85
2 WO I
II SEAT
FC15-15 HEATER
560 Ω CONTROL
17 WS 10 WN I
II CC1-5 I
SEAT HEATER OK (LHD) OK (LHD) OK (LHD) FC15-32
STATE OY (RHD) OY (RHD) OY (RHD) O LOGIC
CC1-8 (LHD) FC7-5 (LHD) FCS12 (LHD) FC15-69 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
OP (LHD) OP (LHD) FCS14 (RHD) FC15-17 (RHD)
SM13 SM13 SM13 SM13 SM13 SM4 SM4 SM4 SM4 SM4 SM6 SM6 SM6 SM6 SM6 SM11 SM11 SM11 SM11 SM11 SM12 SM12 SM12 SM12 SM12
FC7-14 (RHD) POWER -6D -5D -2D -3D -1D -6D -5D -2D -3D -1D -6D -5D -2D -3D -1D -6D -5D -2D -3D -1D -6D -5D -2D -3D -1D
BK BK OU (RHD) OU (RHD) I
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 (LHD) FC7-4 (LHD) FC15-86 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD) FC7-13 (RHD) FC15-35 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH WB W WP GO GS WB W WU UO US WB W WO KO KS WB W WR RO RS WB W WY PO PS
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD) BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NK S U SCP
RHD 7 LHD 27 B+ – 19.1
SM3-5D SM3-10D
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NP HEADREST SM5-16D SM3-6D SM3-9D
19
SM5-9D LOWER GY I O SM1-1D
RO
SM5-15D SM3-8D O SM1-2D
RS
RAISE UW I O SM1-3D
US
SEAT FRONT SM5-12D SM1-13D O SM1-4D
UO
LOWER UY I O SM1-5D
GS
SM5-14D SM1-14D O SM1-6D
GO
RAISE KW I O SM1-7D
PS
SEAT REAR SM5-4D SM1-12D O SM1-8D
PO
LOWER KY I
SM5-5D SM1-11D O SM2-1D
WB
FORE RW I O SM2-2D
WB SMS1D
RECLINE SM5-7D SM1-16D O SM2-5D
W
AFT RY I O SM2-6D
W SMS2D

SM5-8D SM1-15D I SM2-8D


WP
FORE PY I I SM2-9D
WU
SEAT SM5-6D SM1-9D I SM2-10D
WO
AFT PW I I SM2-11D
WR
SM5-13D SM1-10D I SM2-12D
WY
B O SM2-14D
WB
SM5-1D O SM2-15D
WB
O SM2-18D
W
U B B B I O SM2-19D
W
SM5-3D CA23-4 SMS3D SM3-2D

INFLATE BK BK BK I O SM3-3D
KS
CA25L SMS4D ** KO
LUMBAR CA23-8 SM3-1D O SM3-4D
(CA26L)
DEFLATE
CA25R
(CA26R) ** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT HEATER
OR
DRIVER SEAT RELAY
SM5-11D CONTROL MODULE OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) SM14-D
NS NS 3 5 OW R
46
SMS5D THERMOSTAT
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK OK (LHD) SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB B


NO NO S U SCP OK (LHD) HEATER
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 OY (RHD)
UG O + S S 19.1 SCP FC5-44 (LHD) CA23-3
FC1-8 (RHD) U
DD11-2 DD10-16
BK BK BK I SM10-1D
CA8-8 DDS3 DD10-8
PRESSURE SWITCH
CA36L OR B B B
(CA33L) DRIVER DOOR
SM10-3D SM10-2D SMS3D CA23-4
CONTROL MODULE

NW UG SOLENOID VALVE CA25L


9 (CA26L)
DD1-1 DD1-14 NO NO S U SCP
SET MEMORY RHD 43 LHD 22 B+
MEMORY
– 19.1 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
STATUS CA14-1 RD10-1 RD10-9
POSITIONS
MEMORY 1 UP UP UP I + S S 19.1 SCP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5 RD10-16 SCP 19.1
S S + + C Y 19.1 CAN
MEMORY 2 UN UN UN I I BK FC24-19 FC24-24
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 RD10-8
SCP 19.1
U S – – C G 19.1 CAN
MEMORY 3 US US US I I BK BK BK FC24-20 FC24-47
** RDS1
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15 RD11-7 CA14-4
VEHICLE
MEMORY SET KS KS KS I I BK SPEED
** CA36L
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13 RD10-19 (CA33L)

MEMORY SWITCHES ** NOTE: Module identification.


DRIVER REAR DOOR INSTRUMENT PACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.2

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS


NB B+ LOGIC S U SCP
13 – 19.1
FC15-80 FC15-84
HEADREST SEAT FRONT SEAT REAR RECLINE SEAT
RW I S S RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER FORE / AFT FORE / AFT
1 + 19.1 SCP
FC15-41 FC15-85
2 WO I
II SEAT
FC15-15 HEATER
560 Ω CONTROL
17 WS 10 WN I
II CC1-5 I
SEAT HEATER OK (LHD) OK (LHD) OK (LHD) FC15-32
STATE OY (RHD) OY (RHD) OY (RHD) O LOGIC
CC1-8 (LHD) FC7-5 (LHD) FCS12 (LHD) FC15-69 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
OP (LHD) OP (LHD) FCS14 (RHD) FC15-17 (RHD)
SM13 SM13 SM4 SM4 SM6 SM6 SM11 SM11 SM12 SM12
FC7-14 (RHD) POWER -3D -1D -3D -1D -3D -1D -3D -1D -3D -1D
BK BK OU (RHD) OU (RHD) I
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 (LHD) FC7-4 (LHD) FC15-86 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD) FC7-13 (RHD) FC15-35 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH GO GS UO US KO KS RO RS PO PS
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD) BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

NK S U
RHD 7 LHD 27 B+ – 19.1 SCP
SM3-5D SM3-10D
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NP HEADREST SM5-16D SM3-6D SM3-9D
19
SM5-9D LOWER GY I
SM5-15D SM3-8D
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12D SM1-13D SM1-1D
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14D SM1-14D SM1-2D
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4D SM1-12D SM1-3D
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5D SM1-11D SM1-4D
FORE RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7D SM1-16D SM1-5D
AFT RY I O GO
SM5-8D SM1-15D SM1-6D
FORE PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6D SM1-9D SM1-7D
AFT PW I O PO
SM5-13D SM1-10D SM1-8D
B
SM5-1D
O KS
U B B B I SM3-3D
SM5-3D CA23-4 SMS3D SM3-2D O KO
INFLATE BK BK BK I SM3-4D
CA25L SMS4D
**
LUMBAR CA23-8 SM3-1D
(CA26L)
DEFLATE
** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CA25R
(CA26R) DRIVER SEAT RELAY
OR CONTROL MODULE
SM14-D
SM5-11D OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) NS NS 3 5 OW R
46
SMS5D THERMOSTAT
OK (LHD) SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB B
OK (LHD) HEATER
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD) CA23-3
FC1-8 (RHD) U
UG NOT USED SM10-1D
DD11-2
PRESSURE SWITCH

OR B B B
SM10-3D SM10-2D SMS3D CA23-4

DRIVER DOOR SOLENOID VALVE


UG CONTROL MODULE CA25L
(CA26L)
DD1-14
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
UP UP UP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5
NOT USED UN UN UN
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 NOT USED
US US US
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15
KS KS KS
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13

DRIVER REAR DOOR


DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Fig. 12.3

SEAT RAISE
RELAY
B 4 SM18-D
NK NK 5 3 US
RHD 7 LHD 27
SMS1D SM16-1D
RAISE UW 1 2 B
NP SEAT SM17-4D
19
SM17-9D LOWER UY
SM17-5D

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK B 9 SM18-D


NK 10 8 UO
SM16-3D
6 7 B
DRIVER SEAT MOTOR

SEAT LOWER
RELAY

NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I SM14-D
II NS NS 3 5 OW R B B B
FC15-15 SEAT 46
WN HEATER SMS5D SMS3D
560 Ω
10 I CONTROL OK (LHD) SM7-1D THERMOSTAT SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
WS I NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER
17 FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER OK (LHD) OK (LHD) OK (LHD) DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CA25L
(CA26L)
STATE OY (RHD) OY (RHD) OY (RHD) O LOGIC HEATER
CC1-8 (LHD) FC7-5 (LHD) FCS12 (LHD) FC15-69 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
OP (LHD) OP (LHD) FCS14 (RHD) FC15-17 (RHD) DRIVER SEAT HEATER
FC7-14 (RHD) POWER
BK BK OU (RHD) OU (RHD) I RELAY
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 (LHD) FC7-4 (LHD) FC15-86 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD) FC7-13 (RHD) FC15-35 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK OK (LHD) OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD) CA23-3
FC1-8 (RHD)

UG
NOT USED
DD11-2

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

UG
DD1-14

UP UP UP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5
NOT USED UN UN UN
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22
NOT USED
US US US
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15
KS KS KS
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13

DRIVER REAR DOOR


DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.4

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS


NB S U
13 B+ LOGIC – 19.1 SCP
FC15-80 FC15-84
HEADREST SEAT FRONT SEAT REAR RECLINE SEAT
RW I S S RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER FORE / AFT FORE / AFT
1 + 19.1 SCP
FC15-41 FC15-85
2 WO I
II SEAT
FC15-15 HEATER
560 Ω
WS WN CONTROL
17 10 I
II CC1-5 I
SEAT HEATER OY (LHD) OY (LHD) OY (LHD) FC15-32
STATE OK (RHD) OK (RHD) OK (RHD) O LOGIC
CC1-14 (LHD) FC7-14 (LHD) FCS14 (LHD) FC15-17 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
OU (LHD) OU (LHD) FCS12 (RHD) FC15-69 (RHD)
SM13 SM13 SM4 SM4 SM6 SM6 SM11 SM11 SM12 SM12
FC7-5 (RHD) POWER -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P
BK BK OP (RHD) OP (RHD) I
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-13 (LHD) FC7-13 (LHD) FC15-35 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD) FC7-4 (RHD) FC15-86 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH GO GS UO US KO KS RO RS PO PS
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

NK S U
RHD 27 LHD 7 B+ – 19.1 SCP
SM3-5P SM3-10P
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NU HEADREST SM5-16P SM3-6P SM3-9P
41
SM5-9P LOWER GY I
SM5-15P SM3-8P
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12P SM1-13P SM1-1P
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14P SM1-14P SM1-2P
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4P SM1-12P SM1-3P
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5P SM1-11P SM1-4P
FORE RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7P SM1-16P SM1-5P
AFT RY I O GO
SM5-8P SM1-15P SM1-6P
FORE PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6P SM1-9P SM1-7P
AFT PW I O PO
SM5-13P SM1-10P SM1-8P
B
SM5-1P
O KS
U B I SM3-3P
SM5-3P SM3-2P O KO
INFLATE SM3-4P

LUMBAR
DEFLATE PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
CONTROL MODULE RELAY
OR
SM5-11P SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B
47
SMS5P THERMOSTAT
OY (LHD) SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
NS 1 2 OK (RHD) INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
OY (LHD) OY (LHD) HEATER
OK (RHD) OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD) CA27-3
FC5-44 (RHD) U
SM10-1P

PRESSURE SWITCH

OR B SMS3P B B
SM10-3P SM10-2P CA27-4

SOLENOID VALVE
CA26L
(CA25L)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Fig. 12.5

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS


NB B+ LOGIC S U SCP
13 – 19.1
FC15-80 FC15-84
HEADREST SEAT FRONT SEAT REAR RECLINE SEAT
RW I S S RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER RAISE / LOWER FORE / AFT FORE / AFT
1 + 19.1 SCP
FC15-41 FC15-85
2 WO I
II SEAT
FC15-15 HEATER
560 Ω CONTROL
17 WS 10 WN I
II CC1-5 I
SEAT HEATER OY (LHD) OY (LHD) OY (LHD) FC15-32
STATE OK (RHD) OK (RHD) OK (RHD) O LOGIC
CC1-14 (LHD) FC7-14 (LHD) FCS14 (LHD) FC15-17 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
OU (LHD) OU (LHD) FCS12 (RHD) FC15-69 (RHD)
SM13 SM13 SM4 SM4 SM6 SM6 SM11 SM11 SM12 SM12
FC7-5 (RHD) POWER -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P -3P -1P
BK BK OP (RHD) OP (RHD) I
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-13 (LHD) FC7-13 (LHD) FC15-35 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD) FC7-4 (RHD) FC15-86 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH GO GS UO US KO KS RO RS PO PS
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD) BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

NK S U SCP
RHD 27 LHD 7 B+ – 19.1
SM3-5P SM3-10P
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NU NU HEADREST SM5-16P SM3-6P SM3-9P
41
SMS7P SM5-9P LOWER GY I
SM5-15P SM3-8P
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12P SM1-13P SM1-1P
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14P SM1-14P SM1-2P
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4P SM1-12P SM1-3P
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5P SM1-11P SM1-4P
FORE RW RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7P SMS8P SM1-16P SM1-5P
AFT RY RY I O GO
SM5-8P SMS10P SM1-15P SM1-6P
FORE PY PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6P SMS11P SM1-9P SM1-7P
AFT PW PW I O PO
SM5-13P SMS9P SM1-10P SM1-8P
B
SM5-1P
O KS
U B I SM3-3P
SM5-3P SM3-2P O KO
INFLATE SM3-4P

LUMBAR
DEFLATE PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
CONTROL MODULE RELAY
OR
SM5-11P SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B
47
SMS5P THERMOSTAT
OY (LHD) SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
NS 1 2 OK (RHD) INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
OY (LHD) OY (LHD) HEATER
OK (RHD) OK (RHD)
PW
FC1-8 (LHD) CA27-3
FC5-44 (RHD) U
PW SM10-1P
SM19-1P SM25-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
NU NU PY PY
SM25-5P SM19-10P SM19-6P SM25-2P OR B SMS3P B B
RK B B SM10-3P SM10-2P CA27-4
SM19-9P SM19-7P SM25-3P
SOLENOID VALVE
CA26L
PASSENGER SEAT (CA25L)
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
RY RY
SM20-1P SM25-7P
NU NU RW RW
SM25-9P SM20-10P SM20-6P SM25-6P
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING 10.2
RK RK B B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PPS1 SM20-9P SM20-7P SM25-8P

PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Fig. 12.6

NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
560 Ω I
17 WS FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE OK OK OK O
CC1-8 FC7-5 FCS12 FC15-69
OP OP I
CC1-7 FC7-4 FC15-86

DRIVER SM14-D
SEAT
HEATER NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
560 Ω CONTROL
46
SMS5D SM7-1D THERMOSTAT SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
NS 1 2 OK INNER OUTER
SEAT HEATER
STATE OY OY OY O CA25L
LOGIC DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CC1-14 FC7-14 FCS14 FC15-17
HEATER
BK BK OU OU I POWER
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-13 FC7-13 FC15-35
RELAY
PASSENGER
CC3L SEAT HEATER SWITCHES BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

OK OK
FC5-44 CA23-3

SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
47
SMS5P SM7-1P THERMOSTAT SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P CA27-4
NS 1 2 OY INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB CA26L


HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

OY OY
FC1-8 CA27-3

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Fig. 12.7

NB B+ LOGIC
13
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
560 Ω I
17 WS FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE OY OY OY O
CC1-14 FC7-14 FCS14 FC15-17
OU OU I
CC1-13 FC7-13 FC15-35
DRIVER SM14-D
SEAT
HEATER NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
560 Ω 46
CONTROL SMS5D SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
THERMOSTAT
NS 1 2 OY INNER OUTER
SEAT HEATER
STATE OK OK OK O CA26L
LOGIC DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CC1-8 FC7-5 FCS12 FC15-69
HEATER
BK BK OP OP I POWER DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 FC7-4 FC15-86
RELAY
PASSENGER
CC3L SEAT HEATER SWITCHES BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

OY OY
FC1-8 CA23-3

SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
47
SMS5P SM7-1P THERMOSTAT SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P CA27-4
NS 1 2 OK INNER OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB CA25L


HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

OK OK
FC5-44 CA27-3

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Rear Seats: Powered Rear Seats: Powered Fig. 12.8

LH REAR SEAT LH REAR SEAT RH REAR SEAT RH REAR SEAT


SW FORE / AFT HEADREST FORE / AFT HEADREST
BS4-17 MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR

NK
54 B+
BS2-4
NW B
56 B+
BS2-6 BS1-10 LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
NW NW B
58 57 B+ LUMBAR
BC8-10 DEFLATE BC8-1 BS2-12 BS6-9 BS21-1 BS21-3 BB3-1L BB3-3L BS22-1 BS22-3 BB3-1R BB3-3R
SY SY I
BC8-6
PS PO GS GO PW PR GS GO
INFLATE BS4-16 BS1-11
RK
BC8-9
O PS
BS3-3L BS3-4L BS5-3R BS5-4R
B BS6-3
BC8-7 LOCATE O PO
BS6-4
LH LUMBAR SWITCH GS
O
BS6-5
NW UW UW I O GO
59
BC3-10 FORE BC3-1 BS4-7 BS7-19 BS6-6
UY UY I O PW
AFT BC3-6 BS4-6 BS7-18 BS6-8
RK O PR
BC3-9 BS6-7
B O GW
BC3-7 LOCATE BS6-11
O GR
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH BS6-12

NW YG YG I
60
BC4-10 LOWER BC4-1 BS4-8 BS7-16
YW YW I
RAISE BC4-6 BS4-9 BS7-17
RK BS10
BC4-9 NW 8 10 OU OU B B
55
B BS3-6L BB4-3L BB4-2L BBS1L
BC4-7 LOCATE SW 6 7 B
SOLENOID VALVE
LH HEADREST SWITCH OS
BB4-1L
LH LUMBAR
NW RW RW I DEFLATE RELAY
61 PRESSURE SWITCH
BC6-10 DEFLATE BC6-1 BS4-12 BS7-20
RY RY I
BC6-6 LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
INFLATE BS4-13 BS7-8
RK O OW
BC6-9 BS6-10 BS3-5L
B
BC6-7 LOCATE

O OU OU B B
RH LUMBAR SWITCH BBS1R
BS6-2 BS5-6R BB4-3R BB4-2R

62 NW PW PW I
SOLENOID VALVE
BC5-10 FORE BC5-1 BS4-11 BS7-10 O OS OS
PY PY I BS6-1 BS5-5R BB4-1R
AFT BC5-6 BS4-10 BS7-9 BS5-2R BS3-2L
RK PRESSURE SWITCH
BC5-9
B RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
B B
BC5-7 LOCATE

RH FORE / AFT SWITCH B


BS1-12 NOTE: Wires used only for
NW GY GY B mechanical strength. BSS5
63 I
BC7-10 LOWER BC7-1 BS4-14 BS7-14 BS1-22
GW GW I
B
RAISE BC7-6 BS4-15 BS7-15 I B B
RK BS2-3 CA109-8
BCS2 BC7-9
I B B
CA109-3
RK B BS2-5 CA109-9
BCS1 BC7-7 LOCATE
BS4-18
RH HEADREST SWITCH CA110L CA110R B
RK REAR SEAT CONTROL
CA109-12
MODULE
DIMMER CONTROLLED CA38L
LIGHTING 10.2
RK B B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BS4-3

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Fig. 12.9

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING


10.2
RK RK RK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA109-12 BS4-18
R R RS B B B
BS3-1L BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L BBS1L BS3-2L

NP R
64 LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS8-3 BS8-1 BSS2
HEATER
25 WU
II BS8-4 R R
BS4-1 BC1-10
STATE
U U
TIMER
BS8-5 BS4-2 BC1-1
B
BS8-2
RK B
BCS2 BC1-9 BC1-7
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

RS R RS B B B
BS5-1L BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R BBS1R BS5-2R

NP RS
65 RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS9-3 BS9-1 BSS4
HEATER
26 WU
II BS9-4 RS RS
BS4-4 BC2-10
STATE
US US
TIMER BS9-5 BC2-1
BS4-5
B
BS9-2
RK B B B
BC2-9 BC2-7 BCS1 BS4-3
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

BSS5

CA109-3

CA38L

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Rear Seat Heaters Rear Seat Heaters Fig. 12.10

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING


10.2
RK RK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA109-12
R R RS B B
BS13-1 BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L BS13-3

NP R
64 LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS8-3 BS8-1 BSS2
HEATER
27 WU
II BS8-4 R B
BS11-10 BS11-6
STATE
U U
TIMER
BS8-5 BS11-4
B
BS8-2
RK B
BSS6 BS11-9 BS11-5
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

RS R RS B B
BS15-1 BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R BS15-3

NP RS
65 RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS9-3 BS9-1 BSS4
HEATER
28 WU
II BS9-4 RS B
BS12-10 BS12-6
STATE
US US
TIMER
BS9-5 BS12-4
B
BS9-2
RK B
BS12-9 BS12-5
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

BSS5

CA109-3

CA38L

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Central Door Locking: ROW Central Door Locking: ROW Fig. 13.1

BK BK UR RW BT23 4 B KEY FOB


I I 1 ANTENNA
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC15-67 FC15-41 BY 3 5 NU NU
49
I WO 2 BTS27
IGNITION SWITCH II
(KEY-IN SWITCH) FC15-15 B 2 1 OB OB O NY
FC17L
BT16-2
B+ 51
(INERTIA I WY 8 BT1-10 BT1-15
SWITCH) II
FC15-33
I WN 10 FUEL FILLER FLAP
I FUEL FILLER FLAP
BK BK SG SG I FC15-32 LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK RELAY
CCS5 CC1-16 CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63 NB BT33 BT33
B+ 13 -1 -2
FC15-80 BT16-1
CENTRAL
CC3R LOCKING SWITCH
BT23 9 B
CENTRAL
LOCKING SR 8 10 NU
CONTROL B
B 7 6 OU OU O
BK SP SP I O SR BT1-2 BT34
CC1-2 CC1-6 FC7-16 FC15-55 FC15-71 FC1-47 I W
BT6-1
VALET SWITCH FUEL FILLER FLAP
B B 9 CA50 CA223
UNLOCK RELAY BRD
CAS37 NW 10 8 SG -14 BT6-2
BK CENTER CONSOLE -11 -15 B OR
SWITCH PACK O TRUNK SWITCH
BTS19
CCS4 NW NW 6 7 SR -13 BT43-1 BT43-2 BT1-1
28 B
CAS16 -12
I RY RY BK
BK SB SB I
TRUNK RELEASE BT2-5 BTS24 BT41-1 BT41-2
CC3L BT28L
ACTUATOR
CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58
CA31L DOOR LOCKING
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH RELAY †
YU YU I I RG BK
CA11-5 BT4-38 BT2-7 BT2-3 BT42-1 BT42-2
YN YN I
TRUNK RELEASE
BK BK SO I CA8-5 BT4-39 BT2-19
SWITCH
FCS7 FC14-4 FC14-1 FC15-5 – S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
U S – I BK
TRUNK RELEASE FC15-84 BT1-16 BT1-13
LOGIC
SWITCH S S S S + I BK
FC17L + 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
FC15-85 BT1-8 BT1-14 BTS18
POWER
FASCIA SWITCH PACK BK

SECURITY AND LOCKING BT22L


BODY PROCESSOR CONTROL MODULE
MODULE

NO NO S U SCP SCP U S – NO NO
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1 19.1 B+ 22 LHD 43 RHD
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1

+ S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


S S +
DD10-16 SG SG RD10-16
LOCK STATUS DOOR
LOCK OY I DD3-2 CA8-4 LOCK
NW YN BK CONTROL
DD3-10 DD11-12
8
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I DD3-8 DD3-9
DDS3 I G BK
DD3-11 DD11-4 O SY SY O RD11-20 RD3-5 RD3-6
KEY BARREL DD10-5 DD3-3 BK RD3-3 RD10-5
DRIVER REAR DOOR
O SU CA8-8
SU O SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DD10-6 DD3-1 RD3-1 RD10-6 I BK
BK SG SG RD10-8
BK BK BK G I CA36L CA46-4 RD3-2
I BK
DDS3 DD3-7 DD3-6 (CA33L) **
CA8-8 DD11-20 RD11-7
DOOR DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK ACTUATOR I BK BK BK
CA36L DRIVER DOOR CONTROL ** RDS1
RD10-19 CA14-4
(CA33L) SWITCH
BK I
DD10-8 I B B B CA36L
(CA33L)
B RHD B B B I RD10-17 RDS2 CA14-3
CAS40 CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 CA36R
LHD (CA33R)

** NOTE: Module identification.


B B SG SG
DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS PD3-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE CA11-4 CONTROL MODULE
YU BK
PD3-8 PD3-9
PDS3
NO NO O SY SY O NO NO
RHD 23 LHD 44 B+
BK RP3-3
B+ 43 LHD 22 RHD
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-5 PD3-3 RP10-5 RP10-1 CA16-1
O SU CA11-8
SU O
BK BK BK G I PD10-6 PD3-1 RP3-1
RP10-6 I G BK
CA11-8 PDS3 PD3-7 PD3-6 PD11-20
BK SG SG RP11-20 RP3-5 RP3-6
DOOR DOOR
LOCK – S
U 19.1 SCP CA33L CA45-4
RP3-2
SCP 19.1
U S – LOCK
CA33L PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL (CA36L) CONTROL PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PD10-9 RP10-9
(CA36L) SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR LOCK PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH
BK I + S S 19.1 SCP ACTUATOR LOCK ACTUATOR SCP 19.1
S S + I BK BK BK
PD10-8 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B LHD B B B B I I B B B
CAS40 CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3 CA33L
RHD (CA36L)
CA33R
(CA36R)
B B
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Central Door Locking: NAS Central Door Locking: NAS Fig. 13.2

BK BK UR RW BT23 4 B KEY FOB


I I 1 ANTENNA
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC15-67 FC15-41 BY 3 5 NU NU
49
I WO 2 BTS27
IGNITION SWITCH II
(KEY-IN SWITCH) FC15-15 B 2 1 OB OB O NY
FC17L
BT16-2
B+ 51
(INERTIA I WY 8 BT1-10 BT1-15
SWITCH) II
FC15-33
I WN 10 FUEL FILLER FLAP FUEL FILLER FLAP
BK BK SG SG I FC15-32
I LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK RELAY
CCS5 CC1-16 CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63 NB BT33 BT33
B+ 13 -1 -2
FC15-80 BT16-1
CENTRAL
CC3R LOCKING BT23 9 B
SWITCH CENTRAL SR 8 10 NU
LOCKING
CONTROL B
B 7 6 OU OU O
BK SP SP I O SR BT1-2 BT34
CC1-2 CC1-6 FC7-16 FC15-55 FC15-71 FC1-47 I W
VALET SWITCH BT6-1
FUEL FILLER FLAP
B B 9 CA50 CA223
UNLOCK RELAY BRD
CAS37 NW 10 8 SG -14 BT6-2
BK CENTER CONSOLE -11 -15 B OR
SWITCH PACK O TRUNK SWITCH
BTS19
CCS4 NW NW 6 7 SR -13 BT43-1 BT43-2 BT1-1
28 B
CAS16 -12
I RY RY BK
BK SB SB I
TRUNK RELEASE BT2-5 BTS24 BT41-1 BT41-2
CC3L BT28L
ACTUATOR
CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58
CA31L DOOR LOCKING
NOT-IN-PARK RELAY †
MICROSWITCH YU YU I I RG BK
CA11-5 BT4-38 BT2-7 BT2-3 BT42-1 BT42-2
YN YN I TRUNK RELEASE
CA8-5 BT4-39 BT2-19 SWITCH
BK BK SO I – S U 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
U S – I BK
FCS7 FC14-4 FC14-1 FC15-5 FC15-84 BT1-16 BT1-13
TRUNK RELEASE + S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
S S + I BK
LOGIC
FC17L
SWITCH FC15-85 BT1-8 BT1-14 BTS18

POWER
BK
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK SECURITY AND LOCKING BT22L

CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NO NO S U U S – NO NO
23 B+ – 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 B+ 22
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1

+ S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1


S S +
DD10-16 SG SG RD10-16
LOCK STATUS DOOR
LOCK OY I DD3-2 CA8-4 LOCK
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 YN BK CONTROL
8
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I DD3-8 DD3-9
DDS3 I G BK
DD3-11 DD11-4 O SY SG SG SY O RD11-20 RD3-5 RD3-6
KEY BARREL DD10-5 DD3-3 BK CA46-4 RD3-2 RD3-3 RD10-5
DRIVER REAR DOOR
DOOR CA8-8 SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES LOCK
CONTROL I BK
BK RD10-8
BK BK BK G I CA36L I BK
DDS3 DD3-7 DD3-6 DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER REAR DOOR **
CA8-8 DD11-20 LOCK ACTUATOR RD11-7
ACTUATOR
I BK BK BK
DRIVER DOOR ** RDS1
CA36L RD10-19 CA14-4
SWITCH
BK I
DD10-8 I B B B CA36L
B B B I RD10-17 RDS2 CA14-3
CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 CA36R
CA33L
** NOTE: Module identification.
SG SG
DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
PD3-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CA11-4
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
YU BK
PD3-8 PD3-9
PDS3
NO NO O SY SG SG SY O NO NO
44 B+
BK
B+ 43
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-5 PD3-3 CA45-4 RP3-2 RP3-3 RP10-5 RP10-1 CA16-1

DOOR CA11-8 DOOR


BK BK BK G I LOCK LOCK
I G BK
CONTROL CONTROL
CA11-8 PDS3 PD3-7 PD3-6 PD11-20
BK RP11-20 RP3-5 RP3-6

– S U 19.1 SCP CA33L SCP 19.1


U S –
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR LOCK PASSENGER REAR DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PD10-9 LOCK ACTUATOR RP10-9
CA33L SWITCH ACTUATOR SWITCH
BK I + S S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1
S S + I BK BK BK
PD10-8 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B B B I I B B B
CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3 CA33L
CA33R CA33R

PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1

3 5 YR B
5
#7 30A LS6-1 LS43-2 LS43-1
1 2 YS
5
LS6-10 POWERWASH
PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

NB O YS YS YS
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80 FC15-18 FC5-25 LS3-23
NY B+ MOTORS I YW YW YW
17
FC15-104 FC15-6 FC5-47 LS3-31 LS44-3 FLUID LEVEL
2 WO I O YG YG YG B
II LS44-2 LS44-1 LSS15
FC15-15 FC15-26 FC5-F LS3-D
B
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP LS19L
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

5 WO WO LGR LGR I
II
SC1-9 WASH SC1-8 FC15-37
LGK LGK I
FAST WIPE SC1-6 FC15-34 LS11 4 B
LGO LGO I KG 3 5 NU NU
71
SLOW WIPE SC1-5 FC15-94 LSS2
NU 1 2 WLG LSS10
FLICK WIPE LGU LGU I
SC1-7 FC15-9 B
INTERMITTENT
WIPE WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY † LS18R
O WLG WLG
FC15-43 FC5-26 LS3-24
560 Ω
LS12 4 U
1.3 ΚΩ KG 3 5 R
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
DELAY 2.7 ΚΩ NU 1 2 BLG

5.1 ΚΩ

WIPER FAST / SLOW


11 ΚΩ RELAY †
O BLG BLG
51 ΚΩ FC15-19 FC5-27 LS3-25

FAST BW R R
WASH / WIPE STALK EM33-3 EM51-3

B B N SLOW BR U U
DIP UY EMS11 EM33-4 EM33-2 EM51-4
YU SC2-4
SC2-1 NLG RY RY
SIDE PARK SWITCH EM33-1 EM3-4
EM17
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16
WIPER MOTOR
LIGHTING STALK
FC17R I RY
FC15-60
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

LOGIC
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Fig. 15.1

YW YW YW I O YB YB I NK
B+ 45
DD1-12 CA8-16 FC5-1 FC15-89 FC15-46 FC5-30 CA64-4 CA64-1
WINDOW
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH RW I LIFT O YLG YLG I
1 CONTROL
FC15-41 FC15-47 FC5-29 CA64-2 O O
CENTRAL 2 WO I SR2-1
BN II NB U
I LOCKING FC15-15 B+ 13 O
DRIVER SIDE UP DD1-11 DD11-22 SWITCH 8 WY I (INERTIA FC15-80 SR2-3 SLIDING ROOF
II SWITCH)
BW
FC15-33 MOTOR
I BK BK SG SG SLIDING
I ROOF
DRIVER SIDE DOWN DD1-6 DD11-15 CCS5 CC1-16 CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63 KEY FOB CONTROL
U ANTENNA OPEN
BY SCP 19.1 S –
I LOGIC
FC15-84 I OS
PASSENGER SIDE UP DD1-23 DD11-6 CC3R CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK SCP 19.1
S S + POWER CA64-5 CA53-5 WN 16
BS OG CA53-1 I
I FC15-85 I
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN DD1-19 DD11-21 CA64-6 CA53-6
I B CLOSE
BODY PROCESSOR
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES MODULE CA64-3
SLIDING ROOF
BT33 BT33
-1 -2
SWITCH
SLIDING ROOF CAS46
NW BO I U S – NY CONTROL MODULE ROOF CONSOLE
9 SCP 19.1 B+ 51
DD1-1 DRIVER UP DD1-9 DD10-18 BT1-16 BT1-15
B B
SCP 19.1
S S + I W
BG I BT1-8 BT6-1 BT34 CA30L
DRIVER DOWN DD1-10 DD10-10
REMOTE BRD
ALL
BT6-2
BR I CLOSE
I BK BK
PASSENGER UP DD1-21 DD10-19
BT1-13 BTS18
BP I I BK
PASSENGER DOWN DD1-22 DD11-7 BT1-14 BT22L

1Κ Ω
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24 WINDOW
LIFT
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES CONTROL SCP 19.1
S S + + C Y 19.1 CAN
CA8-8 FC24-19 VEHICLE FC24-24
U SPEED G
SCP 19.1 S – – C 19.1 CAN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
FC24-20 FC24-47
BK

CA36L INSTRUMENT PACK


LOCK OY I
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
8
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I S U SCP SCP U S – NO NO
– 19.1 19.1 B+ 22
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1
KEY BARREL
+ S
S S S + I BO NW
19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 10
DD10-16 RD10-16 RD11-6 RD1-1 WINDOW UP RD1-3
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
WINDOW
I BG
LIFT
CONTROL RD11-21 RD1-5 WINDOW DOWN
NO NO
23 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1 O OW O U U O OW O I BK
DD10-15 DD16-2 RD16-1 RD10-15 RD10-8
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
O UW UW O I BK
**
DD10-7 DD16-1 RD16-2 RD10-7 RD11-7
WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
BK BK BK I MOTOR MOTOR I BK BK BK
DDS3 ** RDS1
CA8-8 DD10-8 RD10-19 CA14-4
B B B I I B B B
CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 RD10-17 RDS2 CA14-3

** NOTE: Module identification.


CA36L CA30R DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR CA36R CA36L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

NO NO S U SCP SCP U S – NO NO
44 B+ – 19.1 19.1 B+ 43
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-9 RP10-9 RP10-1 CA16-1
NG BO I S S SCP SCP S S + I BO NG
39 + 19.1 19.1 40
PD1-3 WINDOW UP PD1-1 PD11-6 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP11-6 RP1-1 WINDOW UP RP1-3
U
BG I WINDOW I BG
NOT USED RP11-8 LIFT
WINDOW DOWN PD1-5 PD11-21 RP11-21 RP1-5 WINDOW DOWN
WINDOW U CONTROL
LIFT
CONTROL RP11-15
PASSENGER DOOR BK BK BK OW O U U O OW BK BK BK
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK I O O I SWITCH PACK
CA11-8 PDS3 PD10-8 PD10-15 PD16-2 RP16-1 RP10-15 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B B B I O UW UW O I B B B
CAS40 CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP16-2 RP10-7 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3
PD10-7 PD16-1 WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
B
MOTOR MOTOR
CA33L CA33R PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR CA33R CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Fig. 15.2

YW YW YW I O YB YB I NK
B+ 45
DD1-12 CA8-16 FC1-10 FC15-89 FC15-46 FC5-30 CA64-4 CA64-1
WINDOW
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH RW I LIFT O YLG YLG I
1 CONTROL
FC15-41 FC15-47 FC5-29 CA64-2 O O
2 WO I SR2-1
CENTRAL II
BY I LOCKING FC15-15 NB O U
B+ 13
DRIVER SIDE UP DD1-23 DD11-22 SWITCH 8 WY I (INERTIA FC15-80
II SWITCH)
SR2-3 SLIDING ROOF
BS
FC15-33
SLIDING
MOTOR
I BK BK SG SG I ROOF
DRIVER SIDE DOWN DD1-19 DD11-15 CCS5 CC1-16 KEY FOB CONTROL
CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63
ANTENNA OPEN
U S –
BN I SCP 19.1 LOGIC
FC15-84 I OS
PASSENGER SIDE UP DD1-11 DD11-6 CC3R CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK SCP 19.1
S S + POWER CA64-5 CA53-5 WN 16
BW OG CA53-1 I
I FC15-85 I
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN DD1-6 DD11-21 CA64-6 CA53-6
I B CLOSE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE CA64-3
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES SLIDING ROOF
BT33 BT33
-1 -2
SWITCH
SLIDING ROOF CAS46
NW BR I SCP U S – NY CONTROL MODULE ROOF CONSOLE
9 19.1 B+ 51
DD1-1 DRIVER UP DD1-21 DD10-18 BT1-16 BT1-15
B B
SCP 19.1
S S + I W
BP I BT1-8 BT6-1 BT34 CA30L
DRIVER DOWN DD1-22 DD10-10
REMOTE BRD
ALL CLOSE
BT6-2
BO I
I BK BK
PASSENGER UP DD1-9 DD10-19
BT1-13 BTS18
BG I I BK
PASSENGER DOWN DD1-10 DD11-7 BT1-14 BT22L

1Κ Ω
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24
WINDOW
LIFT S S + + C
Y
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES CONTROL
SCP 19.1 19.1 CAN
CA8-8 FC24-19 VEHICLE FC24-24
SPEED
SCP 19.1
U S – – C
G 19.1 CAN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
FC24-20 FC24-47
BK

CA33L INSTRUMENT PACK


LOCK OY I
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
8
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I – S
U SCP U S – NO NO
19.1 SCP 19.1 B+ 43
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1
KEY BARREL
+ S
S S S + I BO NW
19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 10
DD10-16 RD10-16 RD11-6 RD1-1 WINDOW UP RD1-3
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES WINDOW
LIFT I BG
CONTROL
RD11-21 RD1-5 WINDOW DOWN
NO NO
44 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1 O OW O U U O OW O I BK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
DD10-15 DD16-2 RD16-1 RD10-15 RD10-8
SWITCH PACK
O UW UW O I BK
DD10-7 DD16-1 RD16-2 RD10-7 RD11-7
WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
BK BK BK I MOTOR MOTOR I BK BK BK
DDS3
** RDS1
CA8-8 DD10-8 RD10-19 CA14-4
B B B B I I B B B
CAS40 DDS1
** RDS2
CA10-3 DD10-17 RD10-17 CA14-3

** NOTE: Module identification.


CA33L CA33R DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR CA33R CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

NO NO – S
U U S – NO NO
23 B+ 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 B+ 22
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-9 RP10-9 RP10-1 CA16-1
NG BO I + S
S S S + I BO NG
39 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 40
PD1-3 WINDOW UP PD1-1 PD11-6 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP11-6 RP1-1 WINDOW UP RP1-3
U WINDOW
BG I LIFT I BG
NOT USED RP11-8 CONTROL
WINDOW DOWN PD1-5 PD11-21 RP11-21 RP1-5 WINDOW DOWN
WINDOW U
LIFT
CONTROL RP11-15
PASSENGER DOOR BK BK BK OW O U U O OW BK BK BK PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK I O O I SWITCH PACK
CA11-8 PDS3 PD10-8 PD10-15 PD16-2 RP16-1 RP10-15 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B B B I O UW UW O I B B B
CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP16-2 RP10-7 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3
PD10-7 PD16-1 WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR MOTOR
CA36L CA30R PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR CA36R CA36L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Standard In-Car Entertainment Standard In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.1

RADIO
ANTENNA

NG CA3 CA7 RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS


20 B+
IC10-10
Y WY NO CODE FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR REAR DOOR
CAN 19.1 C + 21 B+ TWEETER MID-BASS MID-BASS TWEETER
I
FC24-24 IC10-11

CAN 19.1
G C –
FC24-47 NG
50
VEHICLE O UW UW UW I BT19-3
SPEED
FC25-20 FC5-6 IC1-5 IC10-1 B B NOT USED
O LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS19

IC10-5 IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4 CA54 CA54 PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
INSTRUMENT PACK BT28L
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
ANTENNA (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
MOTOR DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RDP RD5 RD5
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RK RK -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2
LIGHTING (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
IC10-3

DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2


RLG RLG SK
IC10-4 IC3-9 SK SO KP BS
SO
IC3-10

RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3


PK PK PK SK SK SK SK
CA12-5 (LHD) PDS4 (LHD)
RT2-2 IC1-6 IC10-15 IC10-18 IC3-1 DDS4 (RHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PR PR PR SO SO SO SO
CA12-6 (LHD) PDS5 (LHD)
RT2-1 IC1-7 IC10-16 IC10-17 IC3-2 DDS5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PO PO PO KG KG KP KP
CA16-5 (LHD) RPS4 (LHD)
RT2-3 IC1-8 IC10-14 IC10-20 IC3-3 RDS4 (RHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
UY UY UY BW BW BS BS
CA16-6 (LHD) RPS5 (LHD)
RT2-7 IC1-4 IC10-12 IC10-19 IC3-4 RDS5 (RHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
LGY LGY LGY
RT2-9 IC1-10 IC10-13 RDS5 (LHD)
BS BS BS RPS5 (RHD) BS
IC10-8 IC3-8 CA14-6 (LHD) RDS4 (LHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT CA16-6 (RHD)
KP KP KP RPS4 (RHD) KP
IC10-9 IC3-7 CA14-5 (LHD) DDS5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
SR SR SR PDS5 (RHD) SR
CASSETTE IC10-6 IC3-6 CA10-6 (LHD) DDS4 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
PY PY PY PY PY I SP SP SP PDS4 (RHD) SP
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 FC5-36 IC1-3 IC10-2 IC10-7 IC3-5 CA10-5 (LHD)
3.3 Κ Ω CA12-5 (RHD)
SR
IC3-12
SEEK SP SR KP BS
6.8 Κ Ω
CD LINK LEAD SP
IC19 IC5 IC3-11
VOLUME + W DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RD6 RD5 RD5
20 Κ Ω -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
IC19-2 IC5-2
(LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
VOLUME – CASSETTE BRD
PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
BO BO BO BK IC19-5 IC5-5 CA56 CA56 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
-1 -2 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
RADIO CONTROL SW4-2 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS28 R
SWITCHES IC19-3 IC5-3
NOT USED
G
FC17R
STEERING WHEEL IC19-4 IC5-4
U
IC19-6 IC5-6
Y
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR REAR DOOR
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or IC19-7 IC5-7 TWEETER MID-BASS MID-BASS TWEETER
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. O
IC19-1 IC5-1 LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
BRD
IC19-8 IC5-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD

CE2

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.2

RADIO
ANTENNA
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
CA3 CA7
NG ‘A’ POST FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR REAR DOOR
20 B+ NO CODE TWEETER MID-BASS MID-BASS TWEETER
IC10-10

CAN 19.1
Y C + 21 WY B+
I NG
FC24-24 IC10-11
50
CAN 19.1
G C – BT19-3

FC24-47 B B NOT USED


VEHICLE O UW UW UW I O LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS19
SPEED BT19-4
FC25-20 FC5-6 IC1-5 IC10-1 IC10-5 IC1-14 BT4-6 BT28L CA54 CA54 PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
(LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
ANTENNA
INSTRUMENT PACK MOTOR DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RD6 RD5 RD5
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
(RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)

DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RK RK SK SK
LIGHTING
IC10-3 NP NP IC31-6 IC3-9 SK SO KP BS
52 B+
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2
RLG RLG ICS1 IC30-5 SO SO
IC10-4 NP B+ IC31-16 IC3-10
IC30-12 SK SK SK SK
CA12-5 (LHD) PDS4 (LHD)
IC31-14 IC3-1 DDS4 (RHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PK PK PK SO SO SO SO
CA12-6 (LHD) PDS5 (LHD)
RT2-2 IC1-6 IC10-15 IC31-13 IC3-2 DDS5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PR PR PR KG KG KP KP
B CA16-5 (LHD) RPS4 (LHD)
RT2-1 IC1-7 IC10-16 I IC31-11 IC3-3 RDS4 (RHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
16.3
PO PO PO IC34-1 IC30-2 BW BW BS BS
RADIO TELEPHONE
Y CA16-6 (LHD) RPS5 (LHD)
RT2-3 IC1-8 IC10-14 I IC31-3 IC3-4 RDS5 (RHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
UY UY UY IC34-2 IC30-7
RT2-7 IC1-4 IC10-12 G
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
LGY LGY LGY IC34-3 IC30-3
RT2-9 IC1-10 IC10-13 U I
IC34-4 IC30-6 R R
R I IC31-7 IC2-5 BT52-1
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
IC34-5 IC30-1 U U
O I IC31-17 IC2-6 BT52-2

IC34-6 IC31-1

CASSETTE BRD
PY PY PY PY PY I S S
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 FC5-36 IC1-3 IC10-2 IC31-8 IC2-7 BT53-1
3.3 Κ Ω K K
CD LINK LEAD IC31-18 IC2-8 BT53-2
SEEK
6.8 Κ Ω IC19 IC5
W
VOLUME+ SUB-WOOFER
IC19-2 IC5-2
20 Κ Ω
BRD RDS5 (LHD)
VOLUME – CASSETTE IC19-5 IC5-5 BS BS BS RPS5 (RHD) BS
BO BO BO BK R IC31-2 IC3-8 CA14-6 (LHD) RDS4 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
SW4-2 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS28 IC19-3 IC5-3 KP KP KP RPS4 (RHD) KP
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES G IC31-10 IC3-7 CA14-5 (LHD) DDS5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
IC19-4 IC5-4 SR SR SR PDS5 (RHD) SR
FC17R
STEERING WHEEL U IC31-4 IC3-6 CA10-6 (LHD) DDS4 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
IC19-6 IC5-6 SP SP SP PDS4 (RHD) SP
Y IC31-12 IC3-5 CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground IC19-7 IC5-7 SR SR
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or O IC31-15 IC3-12
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. SP SR KP BS
IC19-1 IC5-1 SP SP
BRD IC31-5 IC3-11
IC19-8 IC5-8 DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RD6 RD5 RD5
B -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
(LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
IC30-4
CD AUTO-CHANGER PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
BRD B CA56 CA56 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
ICS8 -1 -2 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
IC30-11
B
NOT USED
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE POWER AMPLIFIER IC2-4
HEAD UNIT
B

BT22R* ‘A’ POST FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR REAR DOOR


TWEETER MID-BASS MID-BASS TWEETER

* NOTE: Early production vehicles – BT44. LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Radio Telephone Radio Telephone Fig. 16.3

TELEPHONE
ANTENNA

NP NP NP PK PK ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)


35 B+ 16.1 16.2
RT2-8 RTS2 RT3-3 RT4-10 RT2-2
NP B+
PR PR 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT3-10 RT4-11 RT2-1
20 WG LG B+
PO PO 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
RT65 RT2-10 RT3-2 RT4-5 RT2-3
UY UY 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT4-16 RT2-7

NOTE: Wires not color-coded. LGY LGY 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
W W W U RT4-15 RT2-9
RT64-1 RT66-1 RT5-11 RT5-10 RT1-1 RT4-8
BRD BRD BRD SK
RT64-2 RT66-2 RT5-12 RT5-9 RT1-10 RT4-14
W
RT5-1 RT1-7 RT4-12
W
RT5-2 RT1-3 RT4-7
BRD
RT4-1
SR
RT5-3 RT1-4 RT4-4
SO
RT5-4 RT1-5 RT4-3
K
RT5-5 RT1-6 RT3-8
B
RT5-6 RT1-2 RT4-13
G
RT5-7 RT1-8 RT3-6
BRD
B
RT4-6
BRD
O
RT5-8 RT1-9 RT3-1

HANDSET
Y Y
CA67-1 RT2-4 RT3-11
BRD BRD
CA67-2 RT2-5 RT3-12

MICROPHONE
B
RT3-4

RTS3
B
RT3-9

B
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER

RT2-6
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
B
CAS50

CA38R

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Fig. 17.1

CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value


for the 10A battery fuse.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG
SYSTEM HAS FIRST BEEN DEACTIVATED.
CASSETTE
5 WK O Y YR
B+
II
CA61-5 CA61-10 SW10-1 SW11-1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2


OS D DRIVER SIDE
CA61-9 AIRBAG
CASSETTE
YU Y
CA225
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
08.1
YW YR YR O CA61-11 SW10-3 SW11-3
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) -6 -5
FC5-10 CA61-7
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
08.2
RW Y Y O
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) -8 -7
FC5-35 CA61-40
STEERING WHEEL

NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production O Y RG


vehicles only. CA61-13 CA81-1

PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG

YR KP
CA61-14 CA81-3
S I
CA15-2 CA61-22
P I
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR U
CA15-3 CA61-20 O
R I CA61-1 CA62-1
LH SEAT BELT
CA15-1 CA61-24 PRETENSIONER
N
CA61-2 CA62-3

O U
S I CA61-3 CA65-1
RH SEAT BELT
CA22-2 CA61-23 PRETENSIONER
P I N
RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA22-3 CA61-21 CA61-4 CA65-3
R I
CA22-1 CA61-25

O Y Y
CA61-16 CA66-1 SM15-1D (LHD)
SM15-1P (RHD)

LH SIDE AIRBAG

YU YR
CA61-17 CA66-3 SM15-2D (LHD)
SM15-2P (RHD)

O Y Y
CA61-18 CA72-1 SM15-1P (LHD)
SM15-1D (RHD)

RH SIDE AIRBAG

BK I YR YR
CA61-6
CA61-19 CA72-3 SM15-2P (LHD)
SM15-2D (RHD)

CA48

AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 18.1

YB YB
NB #11 10A LS7-1 LS48
13 B+
RH HORN
FC15-80 B
3 5 YW LS49
HP1
CASSETTE 5
GU GU GU I #13 10A LS7-5 LS20R

SW2-1 SW1-1 SC3-1 FC15-4 1 2 GS


5
LS6-6 YW
GU
LS46
HP2 CASSETTE HORN RELAY (#6) †
S BK BK BK BK HORN B LH HORN
CONTROL
SW2-5 SW1-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS28 LSS10 LS47
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX B
HORN
SWITCHES O GS GS LS18R
FC17R
FC15-70 EM3-1 EM1-10
STEERING WHEEL

LOGIC
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or POWER
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

HORNS

NLG
25
BT25-1 NY NY NY NY
11
PN PN TRUNK FCS5 FC23-10 EPS2 EP1-10
ACCESSORY
#11 10A BT12-1 BTS6 BT25-3
CONNECTOR NY NY
B FC23-11 EP1-11
3 5 BT25-2
1
#13 BT12-5
BT21R 10.2
RO
2 1 WN 17 FC23-1 EP1-1
1 I
BT11-6
10.2
RO
FC23-2 EP1-2
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
10.2
WN
FC23-3 EP1-3
TRUNK FUSE BOX
10.2
RY
NLG FC23-4 EP1-4
24
CA71-1
10.2
Y
PASSENGER DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
PN PN COMPARTMENT FC23-5 EP1-5
BT4-C CA71-3 ACCESSORY 10.2
G
B CONNECTOR FC23-6 EP1-6
CA71-2
10.2
RK
CA31R FC23-7 EP1-7

10.2
RK
FC23-8 EP1-8

10.2
UO
FC23-12 EP1-12

B B B
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS FC23-9 EPS1 EP1-9

FC29R DIMMER MODULE

22 WU B
I
CA74-2 CA74-1
NY NY
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER EP4 EP2-2 EP2-1
CA47L 5A

B
EP3

23 WU B
I
CA75-2 CA75-1
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER MODULE
CA47R

CIGAR LIGHTERS ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 CAN and SCP Networks CAN and SCP Networks Fig. 19.1

NU
12 B+
+ C Y Y C + + C Y AJ26 N/A Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C + CC6-16

LS27-5 EM1-6 EM7-83 EM7-86 EM10-26 EM10-28 EM2-7 FC7-8 CC14-4 CC14-9 FC11-12 FC24-24 24 WK B+
G G G AJ26 N/A G G G G G G II CC6-9
– C C – – C C – – C C – – C C –
LS27-15 EM1-7 EM7-82 EM7-85 EM10-25 EM10-27 EM2-6 FC7-2 CC14-3 CC14-8 FC11-15 FC24-47 14 WN
I CC6-8

3 WO
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL TRANSMISSION CONTROL ENGINE CONTROL GEAR SELECTOR II CC6-1
CONTROL MODULE MODULE (AJ26 N/A) MODULE ILLUMINATION MODULE

+ C Y Y Y AJ26 SC

LS27-5 EM1-6 EMS31

– C G G G AJ26 SC
+ C Y Y C +
LS27-15 EM1-7 EMS32 FC24-23 FC7-10 CC6-6

– C G G C –
ABS/TRACTION CONTROL FC24-48 FC7-9 CC6-14
CONTROL MODULE

Y
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
+ C
EM62-H

– C G
EM62-L

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 SC)

U S –
FC24-20
S S +
FC24-19

INSTRUMENT PACK

– S U U U S –
FC15-84 FCS2 CA19-4 CC6-10

+ S S S S S +
FC15-85 FCS3 CA19-5 CC6-2

U S BK
BODY PROCESSOR CC6-4
MODULE FC1 FC1 BK
-32 -48† CCS4
CA222 U CC6-5

S U U U -1 U U U S –
– BK
BT1-16 BT4-15 U -2 -6 U CA23-5 SM3-10D
S S U -4 -7 U S S
DATA LINK
+ S S + CC3L CONNECTOR
BT1-8 BT4-16 -5 -3 U CA23-6 SM3-9D
-8 S
SECURITY AND LOCKING S -15 S DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE S -12 -16 S CONTROL MODULE
S -14 -17 S
– S U U -11 -13 S U U S –
DD10-9 CA8-2 -18 CA46-2 RD10-9

+ S S S S S S +
DD10-16 CA8-3 CA46-3 RD10-16

DRIVER DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
CA223 U
– S U U -10 U U U S –
PD10-9 CA11-2 -9 U CA27-5 SM3-10P

+ S S S -8 S S S S +
PD10-16 CA11-3 -18 S CA27-6 SM3-9P
-19 S
PASSENGER DOOR -20 PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

U U S –
CA45-2 RP10-9
S S S +
CA45-3 RP10-16

PASSENGER REAR DOOR


CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
XJ Series 1998 Serial Data Links Serial Data Links Fig. 19.2

D Y
FC15-39
D SU
FC15-92
D SO
FC15-21

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

SO
SECURITY SYSTEM
D
FC22-11
SU
SERIAL LINK
D
FC22-9
D Y
FC22-17 FCS30

D O
FC22-16
D O
FC22-6

KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE

NU
12 B+
D O O CC6-16
O.K. TO START
EM10-6 EM2-15 24 WK B+
Y Y II CC6-9
SECURITY D
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 14 WN
I CC6-8

NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port 3 WO


VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming II CC6-1

FCCP D P P D
EM11-3 EM53-18 CC6-12

VFP D W W D
EM13-2 EM53-19 CC6-13

ECM PROGRAMMING LINK


D K K K K K K D
EM10-12 EMS39 EM3-3 FC11-17 CCS10 CC6-15

D O O O O O O O D
EM10-13 EMS40 EM3-2 FCS16 FC11-16 CCS11 CC6-7

SERIAL DATA LINK BK


CC6-4
NOTE: Splice header CA225 deleted – early
ENGINE CONTROL production vehicles only.
MODULE BK
CCS4
CC6-5
CA225
OS OS OS D BK
D K CA19-2 -9 -10 CA61-9
DATA LINK
EM68-28 NOTE: Serial Data Link CC3L CONNECTOR
D O AIRBAG / SRS K wire – serial input
SINGLE POINT SENSOR O wire – serial output
EM68-10
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication
K D
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE CC31-10
O D
CC31-21

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

1 6 7 47 Fig. 01.2 5 44 Fig. 01.4 I


Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded VARIANT: All Vehicles
II II Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 17 Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
I
1 4 48 82 Fig. 01.3 45 63 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
II II E E
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


V Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC15-15 IGNITIONSWITCHEDGROUND GROUND B- Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
I FC15-32 iGNiTiONSWITCHEDGROUND GROVND B+ BATTERY BT%/BATTERY CABLE
CLAMP TRUNK,BA”ERYCOVER
0 FC15~97 RELAY COlLDRi”E 8767,BArrERYCABLE
CLAMP
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE FC15:14-WAY~MPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD,
BEHIND
GLOVE
BOX
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi LH FRONT

FUSE BOX- ENGINE MANAGEMENT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA41 i ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA42: 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
913, EYELET
ST, 4, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BT10,1O~WAY “.T.A FVSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRlER
BTll :,o~WAY “.TA. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTlZ, ,@WAY” TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BTlS,,o~WAY U TA FUSE BOX/BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BT61, EYELET
8162, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRANSIT iSOLATlON DE”lCE BTU, LUCAR - STRAlGHT ADMCENT TO BATTERY, BATTERY COVER
BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSlTl”E RELAY BROWN BUS RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD COVER
IRH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX1
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOW
,GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX,
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD COVER
CLH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~ B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/ GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BA”ERY GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

+I

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,O~WA” V.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CAZ, IO-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX f BLACK
ST15, EYELET
F”SE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA.,, , ,O~WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CA&?, ,&WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST13, EYELET
5714, EYELET
SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222! ZO~WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD i HEELBOARD COVER

SPLlCE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD! HEELBOARD COVER

SWCE HEADER - CA224 C~224, 20.WAY SUMITOMO SPLlCE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD: HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
CA\10 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER

CA14 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH 'N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER

CA20 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY M”LTliOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ICI 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE LH HEELBOARD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT KS, IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LS6, ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
LS7, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
LSB, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST,9 i EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20,,0-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
STX, EYELET
ST21 t EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRIER
BT,, 1 ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT12, ,&WA,’ ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
8164, EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL! BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR B”LKHEAD/RH SIDE
CA109 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI, GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK, BATTERY COVER
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5, ,&WAY U T A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSS i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
I 57 / 1”.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
;iB, l&,AY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CA2,10-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST15, EYELET
FUSE BOX-RI- HEELBOARD CA41, lo-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX/NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA.42 i IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX/BLACK

ST14, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT,, , ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT,2,,0-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64, EYELET
SPLlCE HEADER - CA225 CA225,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLiCE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 !&WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19 Z&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 Z&WA’, MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CA109 IZ-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EMI 1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM42 I-WAY YAZAK, , GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK BELOW DRl”ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
IC1 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
LS3 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSEBOX-ENGINE
MANAGEMENT EM,9,,0-WAYU.T.A.FUSEBOX,NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
EM20,IO-WAYu T.A.FUSEBOX/ BLACK
ST20!EYELET
ST21,EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
EM2 20.WAY
MULTlLOCK070:GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST)ILOWER ‘N POSTFINISHER
EM51 12~WAY
AUGAT1.6,GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENT TO ABSPUMP
FC1 54.WAY
THROUGH PANELCONNECTOR
I BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT I GLDVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090 : BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTS BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
,GNlTlON
SWTCH FCd,I-WAYM”LT,LOCK070/WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
,NERTlA SWITCH CM, 3.WAY ECONOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK RH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD I RH SIDE
CA19 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
CA20 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET I LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FCll ,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE 1 COIN TRAY
LS3 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONIuECTOR, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FlNlSHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCI’L EYELET (PAW-EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
I FC15.7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND ,Ni Bt ,P.R,D,4.3, 21 Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
D x15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION -KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATION BT66, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER
BATTERY
D FClS-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT67, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND ICRANKING) B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BVLKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROVND ICRANKINGI Bt ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I FCl5~80 EM,, ,,6-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
EM12, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNiCATlONS EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14,,2-WAY MULTILOCK 4I:WHITE
EM,S,ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47,WHITE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR AN1 i EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
AN2, EYELET
‘J Pin Description Active Inactive ST4, EYELET
D EM10-6 OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BTS1, EYELET
I EM10-15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON B+ (P. N1 GROUND (R.D.4.3.2~ BT62 1 EYELET
D EM,&77 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT63, EYELET
IGNITION SWlTCH FC4,8-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 i WHlTE STEERING COLUMN
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND iCRANKING, El+ KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FC22,20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC>,, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, CENTER CONSOLE
PISO, SWAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE REGULATOR iGENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR ST,, EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK i RH SIDE
V Pin Description Active Inactive ST2, EYELET
ST31 EYELET
D FCZZ-9 SERlAL COMMUNlCATiON IENCODED COMMUNICATIONi
AN3, X-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, RED ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
SUPPRESSION MODULE
D FCZZ-1, SERIAL COMM”NlCATlON BPM ENCODED COMMUNiCATiON
D FCZZ-16 OKTO START (ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONi
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 IO~WAY MUWLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
EM3 II-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘iz’ POST, LOWER ‘I’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
Pi. 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 IWVAY ECONOSEAL 111iC, BLACK ENGINE COwARTMENTi BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
CCBR EYELET (PAIR, iii, FRONT BULKHEAD STVD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1

4-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


TJ Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (Ni Bt ,P, R, D. 4, 3, 21 Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION - KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNiCATlON BA”ERY BT65, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK, BATTERY COVER
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE BTU, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15~4.1 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, II-WAY AMP EEEC i GREY BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
GROUND iCRANKlNGi B+
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE CC8,lZ~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE RlGHT HAND SlDE OF GEAR SELECTOR! CENTER CONSOLE
GROUND (CRANKING, Bt DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE *+ Bc ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,0,28-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM,, ,16-WA’,’ MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*/**-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3,34~WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14, ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, WHlTE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM15 122.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
‘J Pin Description Active Inactive
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

D EM10-6 OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS


I EMI&15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATl0N GROUND iR.D.4.3.21 HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60, EYELET TRUNK i ADJACENT TO EATERY
B+ IP. N)
D EM,O-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE BT61, EYELET
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BT62, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND ICRANKING) Bt ,GNlT,ON SWITCH FC4,8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC**, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN BELOW lNSTR”MENT PACK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE REGULATOR (GENERATOR) P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT

STARTER MOTOR ST,, EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ENGlNE BLOCK, RH SIDE


v Pin Description Active Inactive ST*, EYELET
D X22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
ST3, EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3, SWAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, RED ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
D FC22-ll SERIAL COMMUNICATION - BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC**-16 OK TO START iENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC**-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONI
RELAYS
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
v Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC8~2 TCM, DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
0 CC%4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND iN) B7(P.R,D.4.3, 21 HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
0 CC8-5 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION GROUND CR. D, 4, 3.2)
B+ (P, N,
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
EM* 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 ,&-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘N POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM50 *-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
EM63 ,&WAY MULTliOCK 070 iYELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
Pi2 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON
ST5 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENTiRH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
BA 0” Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
B- *A BRAKE
SWITCH cc40: 4~WAYMULTILOCKcm! WHITE ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE C”, , P-WAY
YAZAKI
90/ BLACK UNDER VEHICLE, RH REAR
B+ B-
B, CKPSCRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR P117 j 2.WAY ECONOSE*L 111HC, BLACK ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPSCAMSHAFTPOSlTlON
SENSOR P,,5,2~WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK ENG,NE COMPARTMENT, ‘8’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECMANDTCMCOOLlNGFAN EMS6 :2~WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

BA ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GROUND iR.D.4.32~ EM, 1 : 16 WAY MULTILOCK MO! GREY
EM12 /22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
B+
EM,3;34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 ’ GREY
EM14 ‘12-W*,’ MULTlLOCK 47: WHITE
GROUND EM15 I 22 WAY MULTILOCK 47: WHITE
ECTS. ENGINE CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E JZ I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
5v
EVAPP EVAP CANlSTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL J2- 1 BL*CK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD

GROUND FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK .‘TR”NK CARPET
GROUND FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC I BLACK
ti02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR I”PSTREAM,-A EM21 i I-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT 1 BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HOX HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM - B EM23 !4~W*Y SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
,ATS ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P135,5-WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘ti BANK Pi26, Z~WAY ECONOSEN 111LC , BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS- KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK ~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC I BLACK ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
*+
MAW MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P135 i 5.WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
B+
025 OXYGEN SENSOR ,DOWNSTRE*MI - A EM22,2-W*Y SVMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
OzS’ OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAMI B EMZ~ i Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 /I i GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT: BRACKET 0N Top m TRANSMIWON
5v
PARKlNG BRAKE SWTCH CC,, / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS P142,i~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTrLE MOTOR P133, ?-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR P,6,4-WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
GROUND
“ACUUM SWlTCHiNG VALVE i EM57,2-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 DC/ BLUE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2 EM58 / *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC i BROWN ENGiNE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
GROUND VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3 EM59, ?~WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
“AR,ABLE VALVE TiblNG SOLENOlD VALVE ‘A’ BANK P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘i\’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS i ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
B+
Bt
ST4 54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK i REAR BULKHEAD/ RH SIDE
CA19 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
Bt
EM1 12.WAY dUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO A’& PVMP
B-
B- EM2 WWAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘& POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
FC1 54 WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS3 WWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BL*CK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUND
PI1 57.WAY S”MlTOM0 TSO90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
Pi2 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111ic, BLPiCK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND GROUNDS
GROUND
GROUND Ground Location / Type
GROUND EMBL EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMIGL
GROUND
EM1GR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND
EM?, EYELET (SINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND
GROUND GROUND +
GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B-
GROUND BT
GROUND Bt
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY B+ 0” Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
lGNlTlON SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI,,, 2.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ HC, BLACK ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
EATERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Pi15 t Z-WAY ECONOSEAL ,/I HC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD. REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSiTION SENSOR
BRAKE WATCH GROUND B* ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS ECM AND KM COOLING FAN EM66, ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE
SERIAL COMM”NlcAT,ONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO,28-WAYM”LTlLOCK040iGREY ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ,,B~WAY MULTILOCK /GREY
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND i*PPLlEDi B+ EM12,22~WAY MULTlLOCK040:GREY
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFiRMATlON B+ (P, N) GROUND iR.D.4.3.2~ EM13,WWAY M”LTlLOCK04WGREY
EMS CONTROLLED REL*.Y ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM14;,2~WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHITE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS EMIS,ZZ~WAY MULTILOCK 47 {WHITE
IATS! ECTS ,TPS! MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION i GROUND GROUND ECTS- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 I P-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
PEDAL POSlTiON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
EvAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 II 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2+, BLACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION : 5” 5” ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A EM21,4-WAY SUMiTOMO 90 ,I, GREY
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
HOE: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR B EM23, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND IATS: lNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P135,5-WAY Y*z*KI 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
GROUND GROUND
CAN NETWORK KS: KNOCK SENSOR - ‘N BANK PI26 i Z-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK KS- KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK PI27 /?-WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK ENGINE “EE I UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK MAFS. MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI%, 5~WBY Y*Z*KI 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CAN NETWORK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC,, , Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT I ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ECM PROGRAMMlNG B+ B+ ENGINE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTiiE MOTOR P133, P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
ENGINE CRANK GROUND ,CRANKING, B+
THRO”LE POSlTlON SENSOR PIS, 4-WAY SUMITOMO TSX , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PED*L POSlTlON, TPS, 5” 5”
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1 Er.457, Z-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BLUE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, B”LKHE*.D

ECT FEEDBACK VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2 EM%, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC! BROWN ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
0.41 ” @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG WITH TEMPERATURE,
TPs FEEDB*cK 0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3 EM59, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘A’ BANK P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘X BANK CYLlNDER HEW, FRONT
IATS, ECTS ,TPS, MECH*NIC*L GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON GROUND GROUND VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK PM, 2.WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HE*D, FRONT
F”ELT*NK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 ” = WOT
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS SHlELD GROUND GROUND
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
RELAYS
PEDAL POSITON FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDE; 4.75 ” = WOT
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
IATS FEEDBACK THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
0.98” @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM lNCREASE
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE ,SWlNG,
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE iSWlNG, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location I Access
02S, HOZS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND BT4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘2’ POST FlNlSHER
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM? 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACTl”ATE GROUND B+
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 *CT,“ATE
EM2 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
GROUND B+
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 *CT,“ATE GROUND Bi
EM3 ,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B- EM53 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘X POST FlNlSHER

‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘PI’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz PII 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
CMPS SlGNAL 5 Hz @ lDLE P12 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
CMPS i CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
EMlL EYELET (PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
B+ GROUND
EMIGI EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY EM,GR EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
B+ GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROVND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROVND
GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
+

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HO2S HEATER GROUND GROVND GROUND


UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOE HEATER GROUND GROUND GROVND
E”AP VALVE *CTI”*TE GROVND ,“AL”E OPEN) B+
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’B’ BANK GROUND Bt
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’X BANK GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0” Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ BRAKE SWITCH cc40, &WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
OK TO START-ENCODED COMM”N~C*TIONS
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 I %W*Y ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK ENGINE,REAROFBEDPL*TE
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR P115, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
BRAKE SWlTCH GROUND BA ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ECMANDTCM COOLING FAN EM66: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH GROUND ,APPLlEDi B-
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO II ?E~WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
EM, 1 , 1B~WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
EM12 IZ2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON B- IP. NJ GROUND iR.D.4.3.21 EM13,34 WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM14 I ,Z~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS EM15,22-W*Y MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
ME, ECTS ,TPS: MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, GROUND GROUND ECTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 i 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 i GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENTi REAR OF ENGlNE TOP HOSE
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROVND EM39, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL J21 i BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON I PEDAL POSlTlON, 5” 5” ~02s HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A EM21 ! h-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B EM23 1 I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROVND GROUND GROVND
GROUND ,*TS INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P135, B-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
GROUND GROUND
CAN NETWORK KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘K BANK Pl26,2-WAYECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK KS: KNOCK SENSOR -‘B’ BANK P,27,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK MAFS’ MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Pi%, 5.WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CAN NETWORK PARKiNG BRAKE SWiTCH CC,, , Z~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
ECM PROGRAMMlNG B+ 8; ENGINE COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLEASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR P133, Z~WAYTWlN CLIP, BLACK
ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKINGI B-
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR P16: 4.WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS, 5” 5”
FVEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1 EMS,, 2-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 195°F iDECREAS,NG WITH TEMPERATUREi VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE - 2 EMS: 2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0 5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 v = WOT “AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE 3 EM%! Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 v = IDLE, 4.75 v = WOT
lATS/ ECTS ITPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON , PEDAL POSlTlON GROUND GROUND
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
RELAYS
05”=IDLE,475”=WOT
MECHANICAL GVARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHlELD GROVND GROUND Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
PEDAL POSITtON FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK OS”=IDLE,475”=WOT

IATS FEEDBACK 0 98” @ 1O’C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE


MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 “Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S 0 1 -0 9 ” @ KXE ,SWING1
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S 0 1 -0 9 ” Q IDLE ,SWlNGi
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPAIRCELSHELF,TR”NKiREARB”LKHEAD,RHSlDE
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND CA19 ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNISHER
OZS, HOE COMMON SHlELD GROUND EM1 1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,*DJACENTTO*BSP”MP
EM2 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM3 ,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTlVATE GROUND
EM53 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE GROUND
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
“ACVUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 *CTl”ATE GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER REL*IY *CT,“*TE LS3 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUND
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK PI, 5%WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK PI2 II-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON TOP OF TR*NSMISSION
CKPS SIGNAL 5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
CMPS SIGNAL 5 Hi @ IDLE
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUNDS
CKPS SIGN*L 5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: *oclo RPM = 90 HZ
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND Ground Location / Type
EM% EYELET IPAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND EM1GL EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY BT GROUND
EMIGR EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B- GROUND
EM17 EYELET iS,NGLEi - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY BI GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B, GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND
+
GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER WPPLY B- GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND


UPSTREAM ‘& BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
E”*P VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN, B+
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK GROUND B+
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENO, ‘4’ BANK GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


‘7 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I cc*&, COMPRESSORCLUTCHSTAT”s B+iON1 0” Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, A,C COMPRESSOR
0 cc30-1 AIR CDNDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SiGNAL RH SlDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CCZ9,16-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
I cc31-7 LOAD INHIBIT CC30,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
Bt
CC31, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
0 CC31~9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST 0”
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC.40, d-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWlTCH B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGEI
CRUISE CONTROL ON ! OFF SWITCH CC20 , ,O~WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUlSE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3,3-WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMiO, 28~‘A’AY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
EM,?, 16.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
3 Pin Description Active Inactive EM12, ‘Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13 I34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
0 EM10-2 NCCMLOADINHIBIT GROUND B+ EMl4.i 12.WAYMULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
I EM,&3 NCCMELECTRICAL
LOADSlGNAL B+ GROUND EM15 i 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
I EM10-4 A,CCMCOMPRESSOR
CLUTCHREOUEST B+ GROUND FVEL INJECTOR- 1A PI,, 2.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAlL
1 EMlO-,, CRUISECONTROL
BRAKECANCEL
REOUES, GROUND WPPLIEDI E+ FUELINJECTOR-1B P,,, ,1-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2A P,B, g-WA’, AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
I EMlL, CRUISE
CONTROL
SET+,- 7.3” = it), 8.8 ” = ,-I B+ FUEL INJECTOR - 28 P1,2,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
I EM,,-4 CRUISE
CONTROL
ONREWEST B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR-W P19,Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iNTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RA,iL
I EMII~S CRUISE
CONTROL
CANCEL,RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+ FUELINJECTOR-3B P113, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR-W P,,O, 2.WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
I EM12-5 l WAYREFRIGERANT SWTCHHIGHPRESSURE FUEL INJECTOR - 48 P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
I EMIZ-B 4WAYREFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE FUEL PUMP BT9, a-WAY SUMITOMO DL90, NATURAL TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET
I EM,*-8 IGNITION MODULE2 SWlTCHlNGFEEDBACK FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO , ,&WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT, 1 , 10.WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
I EM,*-9 IGNITION MODULElSWITCHING FEEDBACK BTll, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
0 EM1Z-10 AIRCONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE B+ BT13, ,&WAY U T.A WSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
0 FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE ,GNlTlON COIL- ,A ,718, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
GROUND B+
0 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED ,GNlTlON COIL- IB P122, Z~WAY YAZAKl 90 , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
GROUND Bt
0 SERIES iLOW SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE !GNITION COIL-Z4 P,,9, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
GROUND B+
0 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE lGNlTlON COIL - 28 P123,2-WAY YAZAK! 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
GROUND B+
0 IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE IGNlTlON COIL-% P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
GROUND B+
0 IGNITION MODULE 1 SWiTCHiNG IGNlTlON COIL - 38 P,24,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
5 Hz @ IDLE
0 IGNITION COIL-4A P12, ,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE
0 IGNITION COlL - 48 P,Z, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlTlON MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
0 IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM27, ,2-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,,2-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
0 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS3, /B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO LH CRUSH TUBE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE
RADIATOR FAN - LH CFI , P-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
0 IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 HZ Q IDLE
0 RADlATOR FAN - RH CF2,2-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BELOW RH FAN
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
REFRlGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR

INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND BT


INJECTOR ‘28’ ACTi”ATE GROVND B+
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTl”ATE GROVND B+
RELAYS
INJECTOR ‘1A’ACTl”ATE GROUND B+ Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘3&ACTl”ATE GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS2, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘2A’ACTl”ATE GROUND B+
FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#4,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
INJECTOR ‘1B’ACTl”ATE GROUND B+
IGNiTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE
EM, 7%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM3 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 S&WA’, THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKl, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSlON ARM
Pi, S%WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY ST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
8120 EYELET (SINGLE) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSlOL EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20L EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


‘;;I pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY Bt 0” Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY Bt B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY
OKTO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY CANISTER CLOSE VALVE cv1, P-WAY YAZAKl90 /BLACK UNDER VEHICLE: RH REAR
Bt B+
BRAKE SWiTCH GROUND B+ CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC! BLACK ENGlNE i REAR OF BED PLATE
SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI15 ,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT!‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 ,ZWAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
PARKING BRAKE SWTCH GROUND ,APPLlEDi BT
EGR” EGR VALVE Pi34: 6.WAY S”MlTOM0 92, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REAR 0FTHRO”LE ASSEMBLY
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION Bt iP, NI GROUND iR.D.4.3.2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO ! 28.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B-
EM,, :,S-WAYMULTlLOCK040,GREY
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM12, ZZ-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
IATS / ECTS i TPS! MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, GROUND GROUND EM13, %-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
EM141 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 47 i WHlTE
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION /PEDAL POSITION 1 5V SV EMIS, ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47 I WHITE
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECTS’ ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR P14,Z~WAYECONOSEALEJ2,GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
GROUND GROUND GROUND
EVAPP E”AP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 i 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J-2+, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD
GROUND GROUND
CAN NETWORK FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET
CAN NETWORK FPI i 3WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
CAN NETWORK H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM) -A EM21 ! I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
CAN NETWORK H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IUPSTREAM) B EM23, I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
IATS: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 P135, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ECM PROGRAMMING B+ B+
IATS 2 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
ENGINE CRANK GROUND lCRANK,NG) B+
KS. KNOCK SENSOR - ‘X’ BANK PIX,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS, KS KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
5” sv
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI%, S-WAY YAZAKI 921 BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ IBYF (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1 EM22,2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
025: OXYGEN SENSOR IDOWNSTREAM) -A
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.71 V i WOT
02S: OXYGEN SENSOR iDOWNSTREAMi B EM24, *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5” = IDLE. 4 75 V = WOT
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC??, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
IATS, ECTS ,TPS / MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION GROUND GROUND
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS PI@, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK 0 5” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT THRO”LE MOTOR P133,l~WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT ,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD GROUND GROUND PIS, b-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1 EMS,, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2 EMSB, P~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BROWN ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
0 EM12-1 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S,’ WINDING SUPPLY VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE -3 EMS, P-WAY YALAKI 90, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
GROUND B+
0 EM,Z-2 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘52’WlNDlNG SUPPLY GROUND B+
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WlNDlNG SUPPlY GROUND B+
EGH STEPPER MOTOR ‘54’ WlNDlNG SUPPLY GROUND B- RELAYS
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK 0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
MAFS FEEDBACK t 2” Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
UPSTREAM ‘8’ BANK H02S THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM@, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
0.1 0.9 V @ IDLE WANGi
UPSTREAM ‘X BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE W,VING~
DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025 0 1 - 0.9 V @ lDLE WWNG)
DOWNSTREAM ‘A’ BANK 02s 0.1 - 0.9 V @ IDLE WWNG, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
0 EMIZ-18 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM12-19 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type / Color Location I Access
SG EM,&22 025, HOZS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
ECM PROGRAMMING CA19 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B, EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGINE COMPAF(TMENT,ADJACENTTOABSPUMP
VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE #3ACTlVATE GROUND B+ EM2 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM3 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTlVATE GROUND B+
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FCI 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
‘N BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK LS3 SCWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTOR,BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
CKPS SIGNAL PI, 57.WAY SUMiTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
CMPS SIGNAL PI2 13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD GROUND GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL 5 v @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz, moo RPM = 90 HZ
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUNDS
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SVPPLY B+ GROUND
Ground Location / Type
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY SC GROUND EMBL EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND GROUND EMIGL EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND EM,GR EYELET iPAIR EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
EM17 EYELET ISINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B- GROUND
+
0 EM15-7 UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM152 UPSTREAM ‘R BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM153 EVAP VALVE ACTlVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
1 EM15-,I GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM15~12 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EMiS-22 GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I)Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


COMPONENTS
Description Active Inactive
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ Cl” Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR PI,, , Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK ENGINE I REAR OF BED PLATE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B- ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSiTiON SENSOR P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK
BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN EM66 I Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT f CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
EM,, , ,G-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED1 B+ EM12,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON B+ IP, N) GROUND iR.D.4.3.21 EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND Bc EM14, ,l~WAY MULTlLOCK47:WHITE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM15,22~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
IATS, ECTS! TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION , GROUND GROUND ECTS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR P14 i I-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39, P~WAY ECONOSEAL J2-, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, sv SV ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-A EM21 I I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II 1 GREY
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
H02S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B EM2-3, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II ! GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUND GROUND GROUND
IATS. iNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 ~135,5~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
GROUND GROUND GROUND
CAN NETWORK ,ATS 2: ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘K BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
CAN NETWORK KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘A’ BANK P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE VEE, UNDER iNTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P,35,5WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC1 1 , I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ECM PROGRAMMING Bt B+ ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
PEDAL POSlTiON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS P142, b-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
ENGINE CRANK GROUND ICRANKING) B+
THROTLE MOTOR P133, Z-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS, 5V 5v
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR P16, a-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK 0.4, V @ 195°F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1 VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - i EM57,2-WAYSUMITOMO 90 DC,BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0 5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2 EM58, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 V = IDLE: 4 75” = WOT VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE 3 EMS, Z-WAY YAZAK, 90, GREY ENtiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON GROUND GROUND
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD GROUND GROUND RELAYS
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK 0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 V = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
THRO”iE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM.49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SI’WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SZ’WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘53’WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SC WlNDlNG SUPPLY GROUND B+
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK Connector Type / Color Location I Access
lATS FEEDBACK 0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CA19 20.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
MAFS FEEDBACK 1 2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
EM1 12~WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S 0 1 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
EM2 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS 0.1 - 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWiNG
GROUND EM3 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND EM53 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘%’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
02S,HOZS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
KM PROGRAMMlNG PI, SWAY SUMiTOMO TS090 i BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACTIVATE GROUND B+ ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
Pi2 ,&WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACTIVATE B+
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE GROUND B+
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE GROUND B+
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
GROUNDS
‘X BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
Ground Location / Type
CKPS SIGNAL 5 v Q ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
CMPS SIGNAL 5Hr@lDLE EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD GROUND EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ ,000 RPM _ 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

THROTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY Bt GROUND


THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
,GNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND 4-
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY BL GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND GROUND GROVND


UPSTREAM ‘K BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN, B+
GROUND GROUND GROVND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I CC28~1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
STATUS B+(ON, 0” Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIRCONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, VWAY SUMlTOP.40 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/WC COMPRESSOR
0 CC30~1 AIRCONDlTlONlNG
ELECTRICAL
LOADSIGNAL B- 0” AIRCONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CC28, ZB-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CCE! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
1 cc31-7 LOADlNHlB,T 0” BT
ccx, 12.WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCHONREOUEST B+ 0” CC40, 4.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ADJACENTTOTHE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCHES
/ CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAYPRESSURE
SWITCH Cl”12-30BARi B+ ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE, CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CCX, 10.WAY AMP MlCRO 0”AD LOCK 1 NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES iSTEERiNG WHEELi SW3,3~WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

7 Pin Description Active Inactive


0 EM,&2 *:cml LOADINHIBIT GROUND BA
I EM,O-3 A/KM ELECTRICALLOADSIGNAL B+ GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR - 1A IJ3,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMERiBLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD
1 EM10-4 */cm COMPRESSOR CLUTCHREOUEST B+ GROUND
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 1B IJ7, Z-WAY AMP .,“NlOR POWER TiMER, BLACK
I EM,&1, CRUISE CONTROL
BRAKE CANCEL
REOUEST GROUND IAPPLIED) B+ IJ4,Pv’dAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR - *A
FUEL INJECTOR - 28 I,8 i 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT:INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM,,-, CRVISE
CONTROL
SET+,- B+ F”ELINJECT0R-U IJ5,NVAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM,,-4 CRUISE
CONTROL
ONREOUEST GROUND FUEL INJECTOR - 38 IJ9,2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM,,-5 CRUISE
CONTROL
CANCEL,RESUME 7 3 ” = RESUME, 8 8” = CANCEL B+ FUEL INJECTOR -4A IJS,Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTlMER,BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR - 48 IJ10,%WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT! INTAKE MANIFOLD
/ EP.412.5 4 WAYREFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE FUEL PUMPS BT9, l-WAY SUMlTOMO DL90, NATURAL TOP OF F”ELTANK,TR”NKCARPET
I EM12-6 4 WAYREFRIGERANT SWTCHHIGHPRESSURE FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTIO, IO-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRlER
I EMi2-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING FEEDBACK
BTll , IO-WAY
BT,? , IO-WAY
“.T A
U.T.A.
FUSE
FUSE
BOX i BLACK
BOX, GREEN
I Er.012.9 IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING FEEDBACK BT10,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX,BL”E
0 EM12~10 AIRCONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE B+ BT64, EYELET
IGNITION COIL- 1.A P118,2-WAY YMAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACT,“ATE IGNITION COIL- 1B PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER
GROUND B+
IGNlilON COIL-N Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
IGNlTlON COIL-2B Pm, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
IGNlTlON COIL-U P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION COIL-3B Pm, 2~WAY YAZAK, SO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNlTlON COIL-W P121 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
PARALLEL ,HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND B+ P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL-G
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNlTlON MODULE - 1 EMZ,, 12.WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,12-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SfllTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE INTERCOOLER PVMP 1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10 RH CRUSHTUBE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH CRVSHTUBE
IGNiTlON MODULE 1 WATCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE RADIATOR FAN - LH CF, , P-WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG RADIATOR FAN - RH CE, l~!NAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
5 Hz @ IDLE
REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LS26, G~WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE
lGNlilON MODVLE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
RELAYS
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE B+
GROUND Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
INJECTOR ‘2B’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTIVATE B+
AIRCONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘1W ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 BROWN BUS RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE BOX/TRUNK
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACT,“ATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 BROWN BUS RELAYiM.TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
INJECTOR ‘3A’ ACTlVATE GROUND B+ lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘2.4’ ACTlVATE GROUND B+ INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLUE EM.41, BLUE CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘1B’ ACT,“ATE GROUND B-

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
EM51 IZ-WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR , BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
IJ, B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGENE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IJ2 B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGlNE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
LS32 I-WAY YALAK,, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 IB~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
SC3 12.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040: BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET iSINGLE -TRUNK, 8H REAR GROUND STUD LSlOL EYELET IPAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROVND STVD LSlOR EYELET IPAIR) LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD LS2OL EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD LSZIR EYELET iPAIR - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
FC,?R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. +

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
I cc14-1 IGNITIONSWITCHED
POWER
SUPPLY GROUND Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
c CC14~3 CANNETWORK D - 4 SWITCH CC7,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
c CC,&4 CANNETWORK GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE 0214, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I cc14-6 GROUND GROUND KICKDOWN SWITCH CC18,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
c cc14-8 CANNETWORK MODE SWITCH CTRANSMISSION, cm, ,O~WAY AMP MICRO WAD LOCK, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
c cc14-9 CANNETWORK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJPS N,A EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRlCAL CONNECTOR. AJZG WA EM461 16.WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
EM47, IO-WAY METRI-PACK 150, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH

Description Active Inactive


PRESSURE REGULaTOR
112 GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE1 B+ (NO PRESSUREi HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SPORT MODESWTCHST*T”SLED GROUND = LED ON B+
PRESSURE REGULATOR
#4 Connector Type / Color Location / Access
GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSURE1 St iN0 PRESSURE)
PRESSURE REGULATOR
#1 GROUND iMAXlM”M PRESSUREi SC iNO PRESSURE, EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

GROUND GROUND GROUND


ROTARY SWITCH‘L2’CONTACTS B+ GROVND
ROTARY SWITCH‘LUCONTACTS B+ GROVND GROUNDS
SPORT MODE SWlTCH STRATEGY SELECT GROUND = SPORT 9 ” = NORMAL
Ground Location / Type
D - 4 SWITCH GROUND s+
EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 300 HZ Q IDLE (2.5 “I
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHlELD GROUND GROUND
EYELET iPAiR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND GROUND
KlCKDOWN SWITCH GROUND B+
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.31 ”
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.15”@9O”C
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHlELD GROUND GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ +
ROTARY / D - 4, KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
PRESSURE REGULATOR #3 GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSUREi St ,NO PRESSURE)
SOLENOD VALVE #, GROUND B*
SOLENOID VALVE 83 GROUND B+
SOLENOID VALVE #2 GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L,’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
ROTARY SWTCH x3 CONTACTS B+ GROUND
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 1.51 ” @ 10 MPH 116 KM,H1= 250 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 500 HZ
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 7 51 ” @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM,Hi = 223 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KM,H) = 446 Hz
SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT ,O”=SPORT GROUND = NORMAL
PRESSURE REGULATOR #5 GROUND ,MAXlM”M PRESSURE) B+ iNO PRESSURE,
SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY B+ St
PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY B+ St
IGNITZON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY Bi GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CAN NETWORK 151500HZ
CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz
CAN NETWORK 15515OOHz
CAN NETWORK 1551500Hz

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK CR?, 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE RlGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR 1 CENTER CONSOLE
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14, ,O~WAY MULTILOCK 070 l WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I CC14~6 GROUND CC18, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
KlCKDOWN WATCH
c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK MODE SWITCH iTRANSMlSS,ONi CC4 1 l&WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK i BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC EMS,, lB~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMU, ll~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR AJ26 SC GBI : 12.WAY KOSTAL 1.5, BLACK TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
V Pin Description Active Inactive
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
KICKDOWN SWITCH GROUND j= WOT, B+ C< WOT,
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
SPORT MODE SWITCH 0 V = SPORT, 0 V = NORMAL
EM44 ,Z-WA’, AUGAT I.61 BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGMTION GROUND = R. D. 4.3 B+ = P, N, 2
EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, D. 4.2 BA = P, R, 3
EM63 14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON GROUND = N, 4,s. 2 t?“=R,D 6, = P
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON GROUND = P, D. 3.2 BIZR.N.4
IGNITION SLiPPLIED VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
TCM i DUAL LINEAR WATCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
GROUNDS
GROUND
Ground Location I Type
CAN NETWORK
CCZR EYELET (PAIRI - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
CAN NETWORK
CC3L EYELET iPA,R, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
“2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6” = 900 HZ Q 10 MPH it6 KPHI, ,800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KHI 1’2’ SELECTED ‘1’ ENGAGED)
CCBR EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5”
EMBR EYELET ,PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
‘1-2, 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
‘2-Y SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND = LOCKED B- = UNLOCKED
SPEED SENSOR /FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.75v @ 90” c = R, D, 4. 3.2 5”=P,N t-
n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6” = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPHI; 170 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KPH, (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)
0 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACT,“ATE GROUND ( 42% PWM @ lDLE, B+
0 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND t 39% PWM 0 lDLEi B+
0 SOLENOID VALVE/ PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SVPPLY Bi GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND GROUND BT BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14~W*YAMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GEYRSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTl”ATE B+ iUNLOCKED GROUND LOCKED, BRAKE SWITCH CC40,l~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
COLUMN WATCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOlD ACT,“ATE B+ (LOCKED, GROUND (UNLOCKED1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E,,,,O,ZB-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY ENGlNE COMP*\RTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATTUS GROUND IPARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK) EM,, , ,&WAY MULTlLOCK OlOIGREY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE EM12,22-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
B+ B+
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK MC, GREY
SCP NETWORK * - 1600 HZ EMII, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ EMIS, 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B- GEM SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14,10-WAb’ MULTlLOCK 070,WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEARSHIFT !NTERLOCK SOLENOID CC12;?-WAYM”LTlLOCK070,WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY/CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,4WVAYAMPMOD”LE PCBSIGNAL!BLACK FASCIA
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FC25i24-WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL/BLACK
COLUMN SWITCHGE*R
v Pin Description Inactive KEYLOCK SOLENOlD iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi X5, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH B-
C EMIO~Z7 CAN NETWORK
C EM,@28 CAN NETWORK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE Connector Type I Color Location / Access


CA19 P@WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘A’ ~0s~ CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i LOWER ‘x POST FiNisHER
V Pin Description Active Inactive EM1 12.WAY *“G*T 1 5, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
C cc14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 v EM2 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
C CC14A CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 ” FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TR*Y
C cc14-8 CAN NErWORK 16-1500Hz@2.6” FCI 1 IB-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHiTE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
C CCi4-9 CAN NETWORK 16-150clHz@2.6” LS3 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
SC1 12.WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE COLUMN SWlTCHGEAR

INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive GROUNDS
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
s FCZ4-20 SCP NETWORK
Ground Location I Type
2 ,600 Hz
C FCZ4~24 CAN NEWORK 15-1500Hz
CUR EYELET (P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE

C FCZ4-47 CCJL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE


CAN NETWORK 1%1500Hz
FC29L EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ABS I TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
0 LS27~1 BRAKE FLUlD RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE B+ B+ Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
I LSZ7-2 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ABS ,TRACTlON CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LS27, ?-WAY AMP, FORD, BLACK
I LS27-3 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 “@ 10 MPH (26 KM/HI = 100 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37,2~WAY AMP J”NiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOiR
SG LS27~4 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2 5 ” @ REST X40, b-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH
C LS27-5 CAN NETWORK 16-1500 Hz cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
SG LSZ7-6 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 25”@ REST (CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK1
I LS27-7 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5” @ 10 MPH Cl6 KM,Hi = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hi = 200 Hz WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH FRONT FL,, Z~WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
I LS27-8 POWER GROUND GROUND WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH REAR LA?, ?-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK REAR AXLE, LH WHEEL HUB
LSZ7-9 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH FRONT FR, ,2-WAY REiNSHAGEN METRl 630; BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
I LSZ7-13 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH GROUND B+ WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH REAR RN, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METRI 530, BLACK REAR AXLE, RH WHEEL HUB
I 1527~14 STABILIT”, TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH GROUND ~MOMENTAIRW B-
c LS27-l5 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 HZ
0 LS27~16 STABILITY /TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED GROUND B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
, LS27-17 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2 5 ” @ 10 MPH (16 KM,H, = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ
SG LS27-18 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 ” @ REST
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
LSZ7-19 NOT USED CA9 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
I LS27-20 lGNlTlON WATCHED SUPPLY GROUND CA19 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
B+
I LS27-21 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2 6 v @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI = 100 Hr. 20 MPH 132 KM/Hi CA.29 4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
= 200 HZ
SG LS27-22 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2 5 ” @ REST EM1 IPNAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOABS PUMP
I LS27-24 POWER GROUND GROUND EM51 12.WAYAUGAT I.S,GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
GROUND
I LS27-25 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ LS1 2.WAY AUGAT 1.6, NATURAL BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
LS2 2.WAY AUGAT 1 6, NATURAL BELOW CHASSlS RAIL, RH SIDE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FiNlSHER
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. LS3

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
ccx EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/ CABIN SIDE
LS291 EYELET IPAIR - ABS GROUND STUD
LS29R EYELET (PAIRI - ABS GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


V Pin Inactive COMPONENTS
Description Active
0 CCZB-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
0 CC28~7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” AIR CONDITIONING cor4Tf7oL MODULE CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 CUB-8 LH FRESH, REClRCULATiON VENT MOTOR *+ 0” CCZS, 76.WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC30, ,Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
0 CCZB-9 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0” CC31,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
0 CCZB~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC*,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
0 cc**-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” AIR INTAKE - LH BLOWER CC32, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRiD , GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
0 CUB-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B- 0" RH SlDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
AIR INTAKE - RH BLOWER CC%, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN
0 CC2B~20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR LS16, Z-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR, BUMPER UNDER TRAY
0 cc**-*, !.H FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC40,4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
0 CCZB-22 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR *+ 0” EVAPORATOR, HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY CC34, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH SIDE OFTRANSMISSIONTUNNEL, LH DASH LINER
0 CCZB-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+ 0" WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT
SOLAR SENSOR FC52,2-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
0 cc**-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+ 0” VENT ASSEMBLY FCU! 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK FASCIA - CENTER

SOLAR sENsot7 FEEDBACK 0.75” - 4.75 V; INCREASING WlTH SOLAR LOAD


CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN c 1 ” = CLOSED
RELAYS
RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5” = OPEN < 1” = CLOSED
COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK >3.5”=OPEN c 1” = CLOSED Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE 2.5 ” @ 90” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AIR CONDiTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5” = OPEN < 1 ” = CLOSED
LH FRESH 1 REClRc”LATl0N VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.6” = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5” = OPEN < 1 ” = CLOSED HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
CLOCK Connector Type / Color Location I Access
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL CA79 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘R POST FlNlSHER
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.18” @ 2Y C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE CA20 *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATVRE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.25” @ 20-C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DlMMERMOD”LE,COlNTRAY
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL FCI 1 IB-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
START B+ ,MOMENTARYI 0”
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25” @ 0” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25” @ 0’ C: DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE GROUNDS
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0” Ground Location I Type
ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0” CA3lL EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND 0” Bt CCSR EYELET!P*IR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
0 CONTROL PANEL BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0” FC29L EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABlN SIDE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 5 ” @ ,000 RPM = 45 HZ: 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
0 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE 6” 5” CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
D SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT
0 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY *+
B+ +
GROUND 0” 0”
0 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY 0” 0”
0 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ 0”
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/H) @ Bt
0 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY Bt 0”
0 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND 0” 0”
GROUND 0” 0”
D SERiAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL


v Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC27~1 CLOCK B+ (1.45 KHz, B+
I cc*,-* START B+ GROUND
D cc*,-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A,C CONTROL MODULE
D CCZ7~4 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
I cc*,-5 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I cc*,-6 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY Bt B+
I cc*,-7 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I cc*,-* LOCATE lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I cc*,-9 DIMMER OVERRIDE REOVEST GROUND B+

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


D Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I cm-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCHSTATUS B+iON1 0” Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
0 CC28-2 HEATER VALVEACTl”E B+ 0” AIRCONDlTlONlNG
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH P,36!,-WAYSUMITOMO90ATYPE,BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiA,C
COMPRESSOR
0 cc**-3 RHBLOWER MOTOR
RELAYACTlVE 0” B- AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CC28 /26-W*” MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SiDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL! GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 CC%4 LH/ RHWlNDSHlELDHEATERRELAYSACT, 0” Es+ CC29,16-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
0 K-28-5 DOORMIRROR HEATERRELAYACTIVATE 0” *+ CCX, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 471 GREY
cc31 ,22-W*” MULTILOCK 471 GREY
0 CC%16 LHBLOWER MOTORRELAYACTlVATE B- 0” AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL cc27: 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
0 CC28~17 HEATER PUMPRELAY ACTIVATE 0” BL LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR - LH CCBZ ,i~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 HYBRID/ GREEN
0 cc**-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE 0” B- RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR - RH CC33 i 15WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN
OOOR MIRROR DRIVER DD8 / 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK DRIVER DOOR
ccm7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7 6 ” = LOW SPEED 0 83” = HIGHSPEED DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER PD8, IP-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLACK PASSENGER DOOR
0 cc*%8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE S,GNAL 13 ” = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, **-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I cc29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 ” = LOW SPEED 083”=HlGHSPEED EM,, ! IS-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
0 029~16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 v = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED EM12 i22-WAY MULTILOCK 040! GREY
EM,3,34-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY
EMili 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47,WHiTE
0 cmo-1 *m CONDlTlONiNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNA, B- 0” EM15,22-WAY M”LTILOCK47 OVHITE
FUSE BOX- ENGINE COMPARTMENT LSS, ,O-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX, NATVRAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
I cm-7 LOAD ,NHlBlT B+ LS6,10-WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLACK
0 LS7, 10.WAY ” LA FUSE BOX, GREEN
cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST 0” 158 / 1%WAY ” T A FUSE BOX, BLUE
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4WAY PRESSURE SWTCH BL (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1 ST19, EYELET
FUSE BOX TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICN CARRIER
BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE SOX, BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 8112,10-WAY “.TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
Ems, 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
n Pin Description Active Inactive ST&t, EYELET
0 EM,&2 AICCMLOADlNHlB,T GROUND B+ HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI INSIDE ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST UPPER -iRIM
IC18, LUCAR BEHlND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER PANEL
I EM10-3 A/cm ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL *+ GROUND
EKE, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC i BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHAND REAR
HEATER PUMP
I EM,&4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST BA GROUND
EM40, P~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, WHiTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND REAR
HEATERVALVE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS31 ,*-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO LH CRUSHTUBE
I EM,Z-5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR ,290 PSli
RADlATOR FAN - LH WI 1 Z~WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
I EM12~6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR ,174 PSli
RADlATOR FAN - RH CF2, PNAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
0 EM,?-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
REFRIGERANT 4~WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - LH SH4, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
0 EM1315 SERlES ,LOW SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND Bt
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - RH SK, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
0 EM13-16 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EMZS,BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH BLUE CA%,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH BLUE C.458,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLVE CA18,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HEATED BACKLlGHT RELAY (%?I BROWN BUS RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE BOX,TR”NK
HEATER PUMP RELAY Wli BROWN BUS RELAYit’?, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENl
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH BLACK SK, BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH BLACK SH3,BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELFITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CNO 2GWAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 ,l~WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY BULKHEAD/REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 ,Z-WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
LS3 S&WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
LS32 4.WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO TSOW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘t’ POST GROUND SCREW
ccx EYELET ,PA,R, - DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EM8R EYELET iPAiR EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMllL EYELET iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM18R EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND ST”0
IC6 EYELET (SINGLE)-TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSIOL EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
KalL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) U Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. +
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK
Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
GROUND GROUND GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY s+ GROUND FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
ANALOG CLOCK
ADAPTIVE DAMPENINGWARN~NG GROUND t?+ COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM%, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
TRIP CYCLE GROUND iMOMENTARYi 8714, LUCAR - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI FUELTANK SENDER UNIT/TRUNK CARPET
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
‘A/B TRIP SELECT GROUND iMOMENTARY, BT15, L”CA\R - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND ,MOMENTARYI ,NSTR”MENT PACK FCZI, 48.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
SCP NETWORK FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
2 1500 Hi
SCP NETWORK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH P140, VWAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 I BLACK ENGINE BLACK, BELOW GENERATOR
2 - ,600 Hz
CAN NETWORK TRlP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 i IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK FASCIA
15515mHz
CAN NETWORK TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC2: IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS:
IS- 1500 HZ
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY E% GROUND
GROUND REFERENCE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
GROUND GROUND
‘CLEAR’sELECT GROUND WOMENTAW Connector Type I Color Location I Access
‘000’ SELECT GROUYD ,MOMENTARYi
ST4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK: REAR BULKHEAD! RH SIDE
CAN NETWORK 1% 1500 HZ
EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST I LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
CAN NETWORK 1551500Hr
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E BOX ASSEMBLY
PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO TS090, SLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED - A,CCM
GROUNDS
VEHICLE SPEED - PAS
“EHlCLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
FUEL LEVEL GAVGE FEEDBACK EM8L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND STUD
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
AlRBAG MIL EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING FCZ(IR EYELET ,PAlR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CHARGE WARNlNG CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
LOW COOLANT WARNING

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. +

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
SRSAUDIBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ SC? i 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070/WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ,COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SEAT BELT SWATCH STATUS GROUND (UNFASTENED) B+ iFASTENED ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
IGNITION S’WTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ SEAT BELT SWITCH SPvWD, Z~WAY MULTILOCK 070, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B- Br
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER AUDIO OUTPUT
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER AUDIO O”TP”T HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
SW NETWORK 2- 1500 HZ
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B- CA23 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SiDE AIR VENT i COIN TRAY

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. SC1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25R EYELET IPAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA2SR EYELET IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


‘v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
0 FC,S-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY BA GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
0 FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSED) GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC,5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
0 FCI 5~3 RH FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY B+iPULSED, GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC15~14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+ DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP- LH FRONT BL2, ?~WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK FRONT BUMPER - LH SlDE
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ DlRECTiON ,NDlCATOR LAMP - RH FRONT BRZ,P-WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
I FC1516 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND Bt FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASC,A, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
0 FC,S-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B- FOG LAMP- LH FRONT BL~,~~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280, GREY FRONT BUMPER - LH SiDE
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYI B+ FOG LAMP- RH FRONT BRA, Z-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280 / GREY FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND Bt LAMP UNIT-L” FRONT 1538, W’v’AY AUGAT 1 .B! BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
I FClS 41 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST GROUND (CRANKING, B- LAMP UNIT- RH FRONT LS40! BYWAY AUGAT 1.6 : BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
I FCIS-42 HEADLAMP DIP REWEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND BA LS6 I 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX! BLACK
is,, ,O~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
0 FC,S-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
LS8,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY B- ST19, EYELET
I x15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND Bt ,NSTRUMENT PACK FC24, .WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
0 FC15~68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND Bc FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
I FC15-79 BAITER” SUPPLY VOLTAGE B- LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS i
B+
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
1 FC15~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE !3+ Bt
SlDE MARKER - LH FRONT BL5/2-WAY REINSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
s FC, S-84 SCP NETWORK 2-lmoHz
SlDE MARKER - RH FRONT BR5, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
S FCIS-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST GROUND B+
0 FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND iPULSE Bt
RELAYS
INSTRUMENT PACK Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
TJ Pin Description Active Inactive BUS RELAY #2. ENGiNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK *-1600H2 BROWN BUS RELAY #3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
MAlN BEAM RELAY
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK *-1600HZ

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
I-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
l-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ADJACENT TO BO”OM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
X-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
CCBR EYELET ,PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC,?R EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSI8L EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS1SR EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MU Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


0 Pin Inactive COMPONENTS
Description Active
0 FCIS-1 RHFRONT SIDELAMPSUPPLY Bi GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
0 FC15-2 l.HFRONT Dl LAMPSUPPLY B+IPULSED) GROUND BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE FC,5,14-WAY AMP
EEECiGREY BULKHEAD I BEHIND GLOVE BOX
0 FC15-3 RHFRONT DILAMPSUPPLY B+(PULSED1 GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC s u., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MNNBEAMREOUEST GROUND Bi DlRECTlON lND,CATOR LAMP- LH FRONT BE IZWAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK FRONT BUMPER - LH SDE
1 FCIS-15 IGNITIONSWITCHED GROUND GROVND Bc DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP RH FRONT BRZ, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
I FC15~16 SIDELAMPREOUEST GROUND BT FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3,10-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASW,, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
0 FC15-20 FRONT FOGLAMPRELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FOG LAMP LH FRONT BL4,l~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280, GREY FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
0 FC15~27 LHSIDEDi REPEATER LAMPSUPPLY
,ROWONLY1 B- (PULSEDI GROUND FOG LAMP - RH FRONT BR~,~-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280 ,GREY FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASHREOUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARY~ BT FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH LS38, B-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iH FRONT
I FCi5-38 FRONT FOGLAMPREOUEST GROUND B+ FRONT LAMP UNIT- RH ~9.0, B-WAY AUGAT 1.6 i BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REWEST GROUND (CRANKINGI Bt FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5,,0-WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIPREOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY~ BA LS6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
67, ,&WAY U T.A FUSE BOX, GREEN
0 FC15-45 MAINBEAMRELAYACTIVATE GROUND B+ LSB , l&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
0 FC15-53 LHFRONT SIDELAMPSUPPLY B+ GROUND STiS, EYELET
I FC1549 HAZARD LAMPREOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) B+ ,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4, &-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
I FC15-61 RHDIREOUEST GROUND B+ FCZS,Z4-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
0 FC15-68 DIPBEAMRELAY ACTIVATE GROUND *+ UGHTING STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
I FC15-79 BArrERYSVPPLY VOLTAGE Bt Bc
SiDE D, REPEATER - LH LS17, S-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE Bt B+
S,DE DI REPEATER RH CA80 ,2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
0 FC15-81 RHSIDEDIREPEATER LAMPSUPPLY(ROWONLY) BLiP”LSEDi GROUND
s FC15~84 SCPNETWORK 2- 1600HZ
s FC15-85 SCPNETWORK 2- 1600Hz
I FC15-88 LHDIREOUEST GROUND B+
RELAYS
0 FCli-96 HAZARD LAMPSTATUS GROUND IPULSE, Bt
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #S, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INSTRUMENT PACK FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2. ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY $0, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
‘;7 Pin Description Active Inactive
s FC24-19 SCPNETWORK 2- 1sooHZ
s FC24-20 SCPNETWORK 2- 1600Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BL1 I-WAYAUGAT ,.G,BLACK BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BRI a-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ADJACENT TO BOSOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
FC5 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE/COIN TRAY
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
cc3 EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
ccm EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCliR EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSISL EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS,SR EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND B- Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40, h-WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND ICRANKING) B+ DIODE iBT.+X- NUMBER PLATE BT.40, ?-WAY DlODE MODULE ASSEMBLY ADJACENTTO BAITERY, BATTERY COVER
REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND B+ FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3, >&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSEDI GROUND FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, IO~WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSEDI GROUND BTi l/10-WAY UT A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY GROUND BT12,10-WAY U T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BA
BT13,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYi B+ BT64, EYELET
RH DI REOUEST GROUND B+ HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP CA35, Z-WAY YAZAKI , NATURAL BACKLIGHT
TRAILER LH Dl LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND INSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SiGNAL, BLACK FASClA
RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND FCZS, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B+ B+ LlGHTiNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERiNG COLUMN MOTOR
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE 87 B+
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH BT27, Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK I,, BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH BT26, Z-WAY AMP POSiLOCK II, BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
REAR SIDE MARKER - LH BT29, V.VAY RElNSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE, TRUNK CARPET
LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
REAR SIDE MARKER - RH 8731, ?-WAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK TRUNKRH SIDE,TRUNKCARPET
SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1,1&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND (PULSE, B+
BT2, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+ BT6, VWAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TAIL LAMP UNIT- iH 8751, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

INSTRUMENT PACK TAIL LAMP UNIT- RH BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32,14~WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
I7 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz RELAYS
C FC-24.24 CAN NETWORK 15- 1500 Hz
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
1551500HZ
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#S, TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE iPlMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active Inactive
0 BT,-3 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
0 BT,-4 Location / Access
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color
0 BTV5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
I BT,-6 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
CA19 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘fi POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
0 BTI-7 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
FC, SI-WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
S BTM SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
0 BT,-9 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC7 ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
I BT,-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BTI-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S 811~16 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
GROUNDS
I 872-l BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND iBRAKE ONi B+ Ground Location / Type
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT) B+ (NO TRAILER) BT20 EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. BT21 L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT22L EYELET iPAiR, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
CAllL EYELET ,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC% EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CCBR EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCliR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


COMPONENTS
v Pin Description Active Inactive
I FCIS~IZ REAR FOG LAMP REOUEST GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
I FCIS-IS IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC,5,,1-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40, l-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
0 FC,S-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKING B+ DlODE iBT40, NUMBER PLATE BT40, Z-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY ADJACENTTO BATTERY, BAnEflY COVER
0 FCI S-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND B+ FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASCIA, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
0 FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSED) GROUND FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
0 FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY GROUND BT, 1, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
B+ iPULSEDi
BT12 i ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
0 FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND BT,3! ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 BLUE
I FC15~59 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARYi B+ BTB4, EYELET
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B- HlGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP CA%, NVAY YAZAK, , NATURAL BACKLIGHT
0 FC15~75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ IPULSEDI GROUND ,NSTRUMENT PACK FC24, @WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
0 FC,S-75 RH Di LAMP SUPPLY GROUND FCZS,24~WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
B+ iPULSED)
L,GHTING STALK ,COL”MN SWITCHGEAR SC2,10-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS/
I x15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ BT
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE BC B+
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH BTZ, , Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK II, BLACK BEHINDTRUNK ilD LINER
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH 8726, Z-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
S FCiS-55 SCP NETWORK Z-1600Hz
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT, ,,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
I FC,S-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+ BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
0 FC15-95 SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+ BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
0 FC15-98 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND IPULSE) B+ TAIL iAMP UNIT - LH BT5, ,,~WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
1 FC,S-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B* B+ TNL LAMP UNIT- RH BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER

TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32, Id-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX

INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description Active Inactive RELAYS
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK Location I Access
2- ,800 HZ
Relay Case Color Connector / Color
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
SlDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3. TRUNK FUSE BOX /TRUNK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS


0 Pin Description Active Inactive Connector Type I Color Location / Access
0 BT1-3 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
BT4
0 BTI-4 REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH %’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
CA19
0 BTI-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC1
I BT1~5 BATERY SUPPLY B+ B+ 5bWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FCS
0 BT,-7 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
FC7
S BTU SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ
0 BTI-9 LH STOP iAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT,-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUNDS
I BT,-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S BT,-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz Ground Location I Type
BT20 EYELET (SiNGLEi -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
I BTZ-I BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON) B+ BT20 EYELET (SINGLE, -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
I BTX TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT) Bt iNO TRAILER) BTZ, L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT2ZL EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. CABIL EYELET IPAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
CCBL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SlDE
CCSR EYELET IPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTlON: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH LF41, S-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LE”EL,NG ACTUATOR - RH LF42, S-WAY RElNSHAGEN , BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWlTCH FC14, S-WAY JAE IL-AGB, GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
,FASCIA SWITCH PACKI

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
FE 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FC17L EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18L EYELET (PAIRI - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSISR EYELET (PAIRi - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


D Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
I DDlO~l BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FClB, ,&-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASiNG iTRIM PANEL
0 DD10~14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
S DD10-I6 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
RD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER PDlO ,2ZWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
PDI 1 ,2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD11~4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER REAR RP,O,Z-WAY FORD2,8TlMER,BLUE DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
I DDli-12 DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REOUEST Bt ,MOMENTARYl GROUND RP, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I 0011.20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B, DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER DD3 i ,B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH - DRlVER DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC i BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER PD3, IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC / BLACK DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
I RD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B- ‘E’ POST LAMP - LH iC4, I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND ‘E’ POST LAMP - RH CA5, I-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
S RDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hr GARAGE DOOR OPENER CA%,, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
0 RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON, GROUND GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33, LUCAR -STRAIGHT - 2.8 GLOVE BOX
FC34, LUCAR - STRAIGHT - 2.8
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 Hz
,GN,T,ON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE STEERING COLUMN
I RDIO-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER REAR DOOR RD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiBLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP DRIVER DOOR DD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiaLACK DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
1 RDli~lO DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN, B+
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER PASSENGER PD14, Z-WAY AMPJUNIORTIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP-PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMER,BLACK DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE TRUNK LAMP - LH BT46, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE iTRUNK CARPET
BT47, Z~WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
77 Pin Description Active Inactive TRUNK LAMP - RH
TRUNK SWITCH BT4, , P-WAY AUGAT 1.5, BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
I PDlO~’ BATTER” POWER SUPPLY B+ BC
VANITY LAMP LH CA@, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH SUN VISOR
I PD,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
“ANlPl LAMP - RH CA70, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE RH SUN VISOR
S PD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 Hz
0 PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON GROUND
S PD10-I6 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz
I PD10-II
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN) Bi BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
CA8 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRlVER ‘X’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRlVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA, 1 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
v Pin Description Active Inactive CA12 S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPlO~l BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ CA14 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND CA18 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
S RP10~9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON) GROUND FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz ICi ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND

I RPll-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) St GROUNDS


Ground Location I Type
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CABOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
V Pin Description Active Inactive CABOR EYELET (PA,R, - LH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
CABlL EYELET (PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
IGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt
CA33L EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND GROUND Br
CA38L EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST GROUND ,CRANKlNGi Bt
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY, B+
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
KEY IN IGNlTlON GROUND ,KEY IN, B+ (KEY OUTi
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
IC20 EYELET ISINGLE, - TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
lLLUMlNAT,ON BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

DIMMER MODULE
Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
INSTRUMENT PACKlLL”MlNAT,ON
BULBSUPPLY B+ iLIGHTS DNi GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
INSTRUMENT PACKILLUMlNATlON
BULBSUPPLY B- (LIGHTS ON) GROUND AIR CONDlTiONlNG CONTROL PANEL CC27,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC?, 1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST GROUND ClGAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA,&,%WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 ” _ DIM. 4 ” = BRlGHT ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR C.475, Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
GENERAL ILLUMlNATiON BULB SUPPLY B- (LIGHTS ON1 GROUND ANALOG CLOCK FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS DNi GROUND CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CC20, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND DlMMER CONTROL SC,, ,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY BT B+ DiMMER MODULE FC23, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
BATFERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FASCIA SWlTCH PACK FC14, WVAY JAE IL-AG5, GREEN FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4v 0” FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3, IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MOD, JLE CC14, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
INSTRUMENT PACK FCZ5,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK

\J Pin LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) X2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
Description Active Inactive ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
I FC24~26 GROUND GROUND GROUND MODE SWITCH ITRANSMISSION) CC4,10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I FC24-27 lLLUMlNATlON SUPPLY BT GROUND RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
I FCZS-21 DlMMER OVERRIDE IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
GROUND B+
ROOF CONSOLE CA%, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SPKE HEADER - CA224 CA224,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR DDI ,ZWAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR DOOR RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER DOOR PD, , Y-WAY MQS26,YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK - PASSENGER REAR DOOR WI, S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 ,10-WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK FASCIA

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CAB 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘+’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA, 1 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAT4 C-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE DRl”ER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAIS 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘BP POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
FC, 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 E&WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 Z&WAY MULTlLDCK 070, WHlTE ABOVE DIMMER MODULEiCOlN TRAY
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ADJACENTTO STEERlNG COLUMN MOTOR
SM25-F IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNlSHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR)- DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIRI -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET PAIRI - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAlR) - iH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
l Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE


v Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
0 CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE 2”@ ,DLEDECREASlNG WfTHVEHICLE
SPEED Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
I CA32~4 “EHlCLE SPEED s+@10MPH(16KWH,I20 HZ,20MPH132KM/HI= 40HZ POWER
ASSISTED
STEERING
CONTROL
MODULE CA321(I~WAY
RlSTS, BLACK
i RED LOWER LH ‘A’ POST, LDWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
0 CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE 9”@ ,DLEINCREASING WITHVEHICLE
SPEED “ARlABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, NATURAL STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
I CA-&-6 IGNITION SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY s- 0”
1 CA32-8 GROUND 0” 0”

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
FC5 W-WAYTHROUGH PANEL
CONNECTOR
i BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LL2 *-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL EYELET (PAIR)- LH‘A’ POSTGROUND
SCREW

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
AUTO TlLT REOUEST GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B2 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI SC9,8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ COLUMN JOYSTICK ,COL”MN SWlTCHGEARi SC9, B-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK COLUMN SWTCHGEAR
COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5” DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DDIO ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING1 B+ DD,, i 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRl”ER REAR RD10,22-WAYFORD2811MER/BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK
GROUND iPARK B+ (NOT IN PARK1
DOOR SWITCH - DRIVER DD3,,3WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 0.5 V = OUT, 4” = IN
,GNlTiON SWITCH KEY-IN SWITCHI FC4, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 / WHiTE STEERING COLUMN
KEY IN IGNlTlON GROUND (KEY ,Ni Bt (KEY OUT)
MEMORY SWITCHES DD, , ZS-WAY ME-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PAW
BA,-KRY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH CCl3,3-WAY MULTliOCK 070,YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hi
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC49, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz FC60, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
COLUMN MOVEMENT REOUEST UP = 10.1”. DOWN = 12.1V. RETRACT = 8 5V. EXTEND = 6.8”
COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
COLUMN TliT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK UP = 4v. DOWN = 0.5”
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND Connector Type I Color Location / Access
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND CAB 20.WAY MVLTiLOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B- Bt CAlO B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 G-WAY MULTliOCK 070,WHITE DRIVER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC7 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
v Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD,O-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2 ,600 Hz
s DD10-16
Ground Location / Type
SCP NETWORK 2 3600 HZ
CA33L EYELET IPAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW

0 DDll-2 CA36L EYELET ,PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW


SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
I DDll-20 CCSL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND DOOR OPENI Bt
FC77L EYELET (PAlR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC29L EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE

v Pin Description Active Inactive


I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
s RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hi
S RD10-16 SW NETWORK 2 1600 HZ
1 RDIO-I9 MODULE IDENTiFlCATlON GPOUND GROUND

I RDll-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND


I RDll-7 MODVLE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND GROUND
I RD11~13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
/ RDll-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF lSSUEr SEPTEMBER ,997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


D Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
I FC,5-15 IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROVND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FCl5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD/BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING1 B+
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR RD,0,**-WAYFORD*.BTiMER,BLUE DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARKI B+ ,NOT IN PARK) RD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B* B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDlO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
S FCl5-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ DDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
S FC,5-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER PDIO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
0 FC15-10, ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B- Bi PD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER DDS, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
PDB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER
DOOR SWlTCH - DRIVER DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL I// LC, BLACK DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive ,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24,4B~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
I DDlO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+
FC25, *d-WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
0 DDlO-2 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SVPPLY MEMORY SWITCHES DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRiM PANEL
B- = LEFT, DOWN, GROUND = RIGHT, UP
0 DD10~3 iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B- _ RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
0 DD,O-4 MIRROR JOYSTICK DD, ! 26.WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL
DRiVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B-=UP GROUND = DOWN
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DDI ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK *- ,600 HZ iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HI
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK OlOiYELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I DDIO~,, POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 DDiO-20 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B, B+
I DD10~21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORlZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 ” = LEFT; 8” = RiGHT
I DDlO-22 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK l”=DOWN;B”=UP HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I DDll-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
GROUND GROUND
0 DDII-* SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND ,LED ON, Bt CA8 X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHiTE DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
/ DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
I DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND CA1 1 *&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I DD11~9 RH “ERTlCAL MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12
I Doll-IO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
CA13 B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I DDll-I3 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B- GROUND
CA14 B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
i DDll-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REOUEST &=LEFT GROVND = RIGHT
FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
1 om,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND iDOOR OPEN, B+
FC5 5CWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
FCI PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active Inactive
I RD,O-I GROUNDS
BATERY POWER SUPPLY B* Bt
I RDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND Ground Location I Type
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
CABOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
S RDTO-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
1 CA33L EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘+’ POST GROUND SCREW
RDlO-19 MODULE lOENTlFlCAT,ON GROUND GROUND
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
I RDll-5 MEMORY, CA36L EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
B+ GROUND
I RDl,-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND CCSL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
I RDll-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-75 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-2* MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

INSTRUMENT PACK +I
77 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-*0 SCP NETWORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


v Pin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-I BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Bi Bt
0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT, DOWN GROUND = RIGHT, UP
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RlGHT GROUND
0 PD10~4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=UP GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PDIO-9 SCP NETWORK *- 1600 HZ
S PDIO-16 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
I PD,&17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 PD,O-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER B+ Bt
COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I PDIO-*1 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RlGHT
HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
I PD,O-22 PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC15~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bi Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
1 FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANK,NGi Bi DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR RD,O,ZZ-WAYFORDZSTIMER/BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ Bi RDll , ZZ-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
s FC15~84 SW NETWORK 2- 1600HZ DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DDll ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600Hz
PDlD, 2%WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
0 FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ Bi DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER
PDll,22-WAY FORD2.8TlMER,BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -PASSENGER PD8,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR JOYSTICK DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Ri Bi MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD, ,ZS-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL
0 DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT/DOWN. GROUND = RIGHT, UP ,DRl”ER DOOR SWlTCH PACKi
VERTICAL/ HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
0 DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
0 DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR “ERTKAL MOVEMENT MOTOR @=“P GROUND = DOWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I DD10-8 LOGiC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 HZ
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
5 DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 Hz D-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I DD10~17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DR,“ER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DDll~l MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DDll-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRl”ER ‘Sic’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND B-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHiTE DRIVER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DDII-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
DDil~lO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
DDll-13 DRl”ER MIRROR SELECT Bt GROVND
DO,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST Br = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
GROUNDS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
v Pin Description Active Inactive CASOR EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR1 - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I PDlO~l BATTERY POWERSUPPLY B+ Bt CA33R EYELET iPAlRi - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOORMIRROR B+ = LEFT, DOWN GROUND = RlGHT,“F
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON CA36L EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
0 PD,O-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
0 PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=“P GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ +
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bc Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WA” AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
IGNfTfON SWlTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO i 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ DDI T/22 WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ DOOR MIRROR- DRIVER DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND Bt DOOR MIRROR - PASSENGER PDB, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Bi BT ,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
SW NETWORK FC25,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
2 - 1500 HZ
SCP NETWORK ,NTERlOR REAR “iEW MIRROR CA55: B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW WINDSHIELD, IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
2 1600 Hz
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI SC2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B+ B+
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MlRROR JOYSTICK DD, /*B-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MlRROR SELECT SWiTCH OD, ,26-W,%” MOS~26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
I ml&l BAnERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ SPLiCE HEADER - CA224 CA224,ZO.WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND


S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
S DD,O-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1500 HZ
RELAYS
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
FOLD-BACK RELAY VIOLET c*m, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
DD,l-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
FOLD-OUT RELAY VIOLET CA&?, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
DD,M FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
DDll-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
DDII-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
OD11~13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color Location I Access
DD,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
Z-WAY MULTliOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
INSTRUMENT PACK B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
V Pin Description Active Inactive BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz 54.WAYTHROVGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
S FCZ4~20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hr GROUNDS
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. Ground Location I Type
CABOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR1 - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
CA38R EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
COmPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE


77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
0 EM.58.1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL GROUND Br Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
0 EM&-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND ACCELEROMETER-FRONT LATERAL EM28, X-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATiONS
ACCELEROMETER - FRONT VERTICAL Era, Z-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I Eb.468~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND ACCELEROMETER - REAR VERTICAL ST,, S-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK BELOW FUEL TANK, TRUNK CARPET
0 EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bs ADAPTIVE DAMPiNG CONTROL MODULE EM68, X-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER,
0 EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ BT GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 EM68-li RH REAR DAMPER BATrERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ BRAKE SWITCH CC40, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
1 EM68-18 GROUND GROUND GROUND DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT EM64, Z-WAY DELPHI, RElNSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK <0.2”OR.48” 2.3 2.7 ” = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID - LH REAR LA?, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN , BLACK REAR AXLE, LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
I EMSS-21 FRONTVERTICALACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK c 0.2” OR> 4.8” 2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID - RH FRONT EM65, Z-WAY DELPHI, REiNSHAGEN ! BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT i RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM%-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK <0.2VOR.48” 2.3 - 2.7 v = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID - RH REAR RA1, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN, BLACK REAR AXLE, RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
I EMSS-24 “EHiCLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM, H), 44 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KM, H, @ B+
0 EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5v 5v
1 EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Ba B+
D EM&28 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS Connector Type I Color Location / Access
0 EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt ST4 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELFiTRUNKiREAR BULKHEADIRH SIDE
0 EM@%31 LH FRONT DAMPER GROUND Bt CA9 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
0 EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER GROUND Bt CA19 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
0 EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+ CA28 a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
0 EM88-34 RH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+ EM1 IP-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM.2 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘fl POST FiNISHER
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 S-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS lNFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


COMPONENTS
0 Pin Description Active Inactive
lGNlT,ON SwlTCHED GROUND GROUND Bt Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC,S,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SEAT HEATER REOUEST (LHD = PASSENGER. RHD = DRiVERi GROUND IMOMENTARY) Bc DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDlO, 22.WAY
DD, ,,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST GROUND ,CRANKINGl B+
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER, GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B- B+ RD, I, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TMER , BLACK
SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 HZ ,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24!48-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 HZ FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK
SEAT HEATER REOUEST iLHD = DRIVER, RHO = PASSENGER, GROUND iMOMENTARYl B+ DD, , IS-WAY MOS-29, YELLOW DOOR TRiM PANEL
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACKI
Sk,,-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER i BLACK DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRI”ER
SMP-D ,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
v Pin Description Active Inactive
SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS - DRIVER SM7-D , SWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
I DD10-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+ cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH
GROUND
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600HZ DRIVER SEAT
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800HZ SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER SM10-D, O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
SEAT MOTORS - DRIVER SMl~D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ONi B+ SMG-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SM, ,~D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
SM,2-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE SM,B-D , S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
SEAT SOUAB HEATERS - DRIVER 349-D , J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
77 Pin Description Active Inactive SM%D, 18.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
SWlTCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT
BAVERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NE7WORK 2 - ,600 Hz RELAYS
I RD,O-19 MODULE IDENTIFICAT,ON GROUND
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
/ RDll-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
SM14-D/BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT HEATER RELAY DRIVER BROWN
I RD11~7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
/ RDll-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RDll-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2 GROUND
B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE Connector Type / Color Location / Access


CA8 *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRlVER ‘I’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
v Pin Description Active Inactive CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
0 SM,-,D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND CA13 S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
0 SM1~2D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
CA14 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
0 SMMD DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION RAlSE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I(1-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
0 SM,-40 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY El+ GROUND CA23
0 SM,-SD DRl”ER HEADREST RAlSE , LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ FC1 W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR “ENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 SM,-8D DRIVER HEADREST RAlSE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
0 SMI-7D DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC7 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
0 SMMD DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SM,-SD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SMI-IOD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ GROUND
I SMI-IlD DRIVER SEAT C”SH,ON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
I SM,-lZD DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON RAiSE REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ GROUND
I SM,-732 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ Ground Location I Type
I SMI-l4D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REOUES, B+ GROUND
/ SMI-15D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REOUEST *+ GROUND CA25L EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
I SMl-18D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
CA25R EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
0 SMCID DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RE*R, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT REF. GROUND GROUND CA26L EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
GROUND
0 SM2-2D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND CA26R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
0 SM2-SD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L
0 SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5”
CABSL EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK ,O”=“P,,V=DOWN
1 SM2-9D DRl”ER SEAT CUSHlON FRONT MOTOR POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK 10”=UP,1”=DOWN ccx EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
I SMZ-1OD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10V=“P,l”=DOWN
I SMZ-l,D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK S”=FORE.ZV=AFT
I SMZ-12D DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE, AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
0 SM2-l4D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 SM2-l5D DRi”ER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 SM2-,813 DRl”ER SEAT C”SHlON FORE, A” MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5”
0 SM2-l9D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5v

I SMB-1D MODULE lDENTlFlCAT,ON GROUND (DRIVER)


I SMB-2D POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 SM3-3D DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
0 SM3-4D DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SM3-5D BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Bc B+
/ SM3-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST Bt GROUND
I SM3-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REOUEST B+ GROUND
S SM3-9D SW NETWORK
S SM3-lOD SCP NETwORK

INSTRUMENT PACK
c7 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-20 SCP NETwORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER, GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, ,l~WAY AMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROVND GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ DDll , Z-WA,’ FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKING B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER REAR RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RDll I *Z-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER SMl-D, ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+ SMZ~D ,ZB-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz SMB-D, ,O-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ SEAT CUSHION HEATERS- DRIVER SM7-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC?, IS-WAY FORD IDC S “. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER SMlO-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SMI-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER
v Pin SMS-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
Description Active Inactive SM, I-D, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND SM12-D/B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SM13-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-DRIVER SMS-D ,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT SMS-D, 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND
DRIVER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND
DRi”ER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bt GROUND RELAYS
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON FORE/AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bc GROUND
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
BROWN 9414-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST BT GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B- GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B- GROUND
CA8 ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DR,“ER ‘Y!’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST BT GROUND
CJ413 S-WAY M”LTlLQCK 070, WHlTE DR,“ER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA23 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
I SMB-ID MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND (DRIVER, FC1 5CWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
I SM3-2D POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
0 SM3-3D DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC7 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
0 SM3-4D DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
1 SM3~5D BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- Bt
I SM3-6D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B, GROUND
I SM3-SD
GROUNDS
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SM3-!3D SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ Ground Location I Type
S SMB-lOD SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz CA25L EYELET (PAIR, - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CAER EYELET (PAIR) PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. CA26L EYELET ,PAlR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET iPAIR - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CCSL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC15-15 IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
0 FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND Bt BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECiGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) DD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
GROUND IMOMENTARY) Bt
I FClS-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST BC DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER REAR RDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
GROUND (CRANKING)
0 FCIS-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD _ PASSENGER, RDI 1,22~WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER , BLACK
GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-DRIVER 947-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
B+ B+
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER) SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 ,16-WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI BT
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACKI
SEAT MOTOR-DRIVER (RAISE, LOWER ONLY) SM,G-D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER 9.49.D, 3WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK DRIVER SEAT iRA,SE, LOWER ONLY1 SM17-D! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRl”ER SEAT, UNDER

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SMll~Di BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT RAISE RELAY VIOLET SMIB-D/VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT LOWER RELAY VIOLET SM,B-D, VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA8 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 TO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FCI &-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRl”ER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA2SL EYELET (PAIR, -DRIVER SEAT GROVND STUD
CCBL EYELET ,PAIIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABiN SlDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND BC BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt SEAT CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER SM,-P, 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLACK PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND iMOMENTARYi Bt SMB-Pi lo-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND ,CRANKINGl B+ SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS-PASSENGER SM7-P ,3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = DRIVER. RHD i PASSENGER, GROUND B+ SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 ! ,&WAY FORD IDC 2”. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Bi Br
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP- PASSENGER SM10-P/3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ
SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER 344-P , B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 : GREY PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz SMG-Pi B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND iMQMENTARYi B+ SM,I-PIG-WAY M”LTlLOCK070IWHITE
SM12-PIG-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
SM13-Pi&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER SMD-P, 3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT
sWlTCH PACK - PASSENGER SEAT SM5-Pi 16.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
77 Pin Description Active Inactive
0 SM,-1P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
0 SM,-2P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE/AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROVND
0 SMl~BP
RELAYS
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/ LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND
0 SMI-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHiON RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
0 SM1~SP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE I LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY Bt GROVND FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SM,CP,BRDWN
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
0 SM1~7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bi GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I ml,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B- GROUND
I SMI-IOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B- GROUND Connector Type I Color Location / Access
/ SMl-llP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHlON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROVND CA27 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
I SM,-lZP PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SiDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
I SMl~lSP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COlN TRAY
/ SM,-14P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST BT GROUND FC7 ?&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
I SM,-ISP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B- GROUND
I SMI-1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
I SMB-ZP COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
0 SM3-3P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND Ground Location I Type
0 SM3-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND CA25 EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
I SM3-SP BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+ CA2SL EYELET IPAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
I SM3-6P PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST Bi GROUND CCPL EYELET (PAlRi - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
I SM3-BP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SM3-9P SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
S SMB-lOP SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. +

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC15-15 IGNITIONSWlTCHED
GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
0 FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,1+WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I FC1532 !GNiTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ FORE /AFT SWITCH - PASSENGER REAR SM19-Pi 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND IMOMENTARY, B+ RECLINE SWITCH-PASSENGER REAR SM20-P, l&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKiNG B+ SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER SMI-Pi ,&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
0 FC,5-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+ SK-P, l&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ St SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER SM,~P, 3~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
s FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2s1600Hz SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC,, IS-WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
s FC15-85 SCP NETWORK (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
2- 1600 HZ
/ FC15-85 SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) B- SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-PASSENGER SM,W, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUND (MOMENTARY
SEAT MOTORS - PASSENGER SM4~P, G~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SMG-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SMll~P,G~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE
SMIZ~P, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
v Pin Description Inactive SMll~P, B-WAY MULTlLDCK 070, YELLOW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER SMS-P, 3WAY MULTlLDCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT
0 SM,-lP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLlNE MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT SMS-P, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
0 SM,-ZP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
0 SM,-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
0 SMMP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
RELAYS
GROUND
0 SM1-GP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
0 SMI-7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND SEAT HEATER RELAY - PASSENGER BROWN SM, 4-P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
0 SMI-8P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
I SM,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND
I SM,-lOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND
I SM,-l,P
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND
I SMl-12P PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND Connector Type I Color Location I Access
I SMl~lBP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQVEST GROUND CA27 IO-WAY M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
I SMI-l4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
I SMI-15P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
I 3.41.1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST GROVND FC7 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
SMZ-P IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNiSHER
i SM3-2P COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROVND
0 SM3~3P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
0 SW-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND GROUNDS
I SrvK-5P BA”ERY SUPPLY B+
I SM3-6P PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND Ground Location I Type
I SM3-8P PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST GROVND CA25L EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
S SM3-9P SCP NETWORK CAXL EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
S SMB-IOP SW NETWORK CClL EYELETtPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD _ PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE FC15, ,4~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ SEAT CUSHION HEATERS - DRlVER SM%D, W’JAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER SM7-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ SEAT HEATER SWTCHES CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U.! BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+ (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PAW
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE *+ St SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER Smiled, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD _ DRIVER, RHD i PASSENGER) GROVND (MOMENTARY, B+ SEAT SQUAB HEATERS- PASSENGER SMS-Pi 3-WAY MVLTILDCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER BROWN SMl4-D,BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SMll~P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA23 l&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

4-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND GROUND B+ Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, ICWAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ SEATCVSHION HEATERS-DRIVER %,7-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVERI GROVND iMOMENTARY, B+ SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER SM7-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ SEAT HEATER SWITCHES CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND Br (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
BATTERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE B+ Bt SEAT SQVAB HEATERS - DRIVER SMS-D, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARYI B+ SEAT SQUAB HEATERS PASSENGER SMS-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SM14-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT HEATER RELAY- PASSENGER BROWN SM,h-Pi BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA23 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

-
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET iPAW - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CA25L EYELET iPAlR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CAZGL EYELET (PAIR) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
I BSl-l, LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE E+ 0” Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
SEAT CONTROL MODVLE -REAR BS, ,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
I 852~3 GROUND GROUND GROUND BSZ, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE
BS6,12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
/ BS2-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B* Bt BS, , Y-WAY MULTlLOCK 47 ,WHlTE
I BSZ-5 GROUND GROUND GROUND
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - LH REAR 852, , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I BSZ-6 BAmERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - RH REAR 8522, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I BSZ~l2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY E+ B+
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - LH REAR BC3, IO-WAY AMP MlCRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - RH REAR BC5, IO-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 BS6-1 RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ Bt
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - LH REAR BBJ-L, G-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BSG~Z RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+ 0”
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - RH REAR BBS-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 856-3 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE /AFT MOTOR Bs 0”
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - LH REAR BC4,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 856-4 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - RH REAR BC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK 1 BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 ES-5 LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - LH REAR BBd-L, $-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BS6-6 LH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - RH REAR BBd-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BS6-7 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - LH REAR BC8, ,O-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 856.8 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR - FORE, AFT MOTOR Bi 0”
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - RH REAR BC6,,0-WAY AMP MCRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 BS6-10 LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ Bt
0 BSS~ll RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
0 856-12 RH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
RELAYS
857.8 RH LUMBAR SWITCH - INFLATE REQUEST B+ 0” Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
857-S RH FORE, AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT REQUEST B+ 0” RH HEELBOARD RELAYS/ HEELBOARD COVER
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY - LH BLUE BS,O, BLUE
EC310 RH FORE /AFT SWITCH-FORE REQUEST B+ 0”
BS7-l4 RH HEADREST SWITCH-LOWER REQUES, B+ 0”
ET-15 RH HEADREST SWlTCH - RAISE REOUEST B+ 0” HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
BS7-16 LH HEADREST SWlTCH - LOWER REQUEST B+ 0”
ES,-17 LH HEADREST SWITCH RAISE REQUEST B+ 0” Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS%18 LH FORE, AFT SWlTCH -AFT REQUEST B+ 0” B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS3
857-19 LH FORE, AFT SWITCH - FORE REQUEST El+ 0” IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BS4
BS7-20 RH LUMBAR SWITCH-DEFLATE REQUEST B+ 0” B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
855
CA109 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA381 EYELET (PAIR) LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOR EYELET (PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

-_-- ^_ .^^.._ --------- ----


COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
SEAT CUSHlON HEATER - LH REAR sst-L, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT C”SHlON HEATER - RH REAR ss,-R, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWlTCH - LH REAR ,LWS VEHICLES1 SC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO CNJAD LOCK, SLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER SWTCH - RH REAR (LWS VEHICLES) SC*, ,&WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER TIMER - LH REAR ES, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SEAT HEATER TIMER - RH REAR SSS, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SWAB HEATER - LH REAR SE-L, S-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, GREY REAR SEAT
SOW3 HEATER - RH REAR St?5R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY REAR SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
853 S-WAYMULTILOCK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATC”SHlON
SS4 20.WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHlTE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
SSS S-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHlDN
CA109 ,Z~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


COMPONENTS
Component

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
8513 J-WAYMLJLTILCICK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATCUSHION
BS15 SWAYMULTILOCK 070,WHlTE BELCIW REARSEATCUSHlON
CA109 12.WAYMULTlLclCK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATCUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET IPAIR)- LHHEELBOARD
POSTGROUND
SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


D Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
I FCWE TRUNK RELEASE REDUEST GROUND ,MDMENTARYi B+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
I FC1518 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+ BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE FC15,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15.33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Br CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH cc,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
/ FC15-55 VALET REDUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER DDlO , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MlCRDSWlTCH STATUS GROUND ,PARKl B+ iNOT IN PARK1 DD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I FC15-83 CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) B+ DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRiVER REAR RDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
I FC18-87 KEY IN lGNlTlON GROUND ,KEY INi B+ ,KEY OUT) RD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
D FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND iPULSE) B+
, FCIE-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER PDIO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK PD, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
2- 1800 HZ
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 Hz DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER REAR RPlO, 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
RP, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRIVER DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC: BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRlVER REAR RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bc DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
0 DD10-6 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I DD10.8 LOGIC GROUND DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER DD3,13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1800 HZ DOOR SWITCH - DRl”ER REAR RD3, WvVA’, ECONDSEAL \\\ LC, BLACK DOOR CAS,NG ,TR,M PANEL
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1800 Hz DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
DOOR SWlTCH - PASSENGER REAR RP3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
I DDll-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCKREQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROVND FUEL FiLLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR BT,B, Z-WAY LABINAL, NATURAL TRUNK, LH FRONT
I DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND FC4, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERING COLUMN
,GNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
I DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33, ,-WA” COAXlAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
NOT~IN~PARK MlCROSWlTCH CC13,3-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
SECURITY AND LOCKlNG CONTROL MODULE BT, , 18.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
v Pin Description Active Inactive BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BTS, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
I RDIO-I BAlTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SPLICE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
0 RO10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
0 RD10-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK 8+ GROUND TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR BT43, Z-WAY LABINAL, BROWN
I RD1&8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BT42, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREEN BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
S RD10-9 SW NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ FASCIA SWITCH PACK
TRUNK RELEASE SWlTCH FC14, B-WAY JAE IL-AGS , GREEN
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2-1800Hz (FASCIA SWITCH PACK1
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD10-19 TRUNK SWlTCH ST41 ,Z-WAYAUGAT l.S,BLACK BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND GROUND
VALET SWITCH CC,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
I RDll-7 MODULE lDENTlF,CAT,ON GROUND GROUND iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
I RDII-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN1 B+

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RELAYS


i7 Pin Description Active Inactive Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
Relay
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ DOOR LOCKING RELAY VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
0 PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
0 PD10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS ,TR”NK
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY VIOLET BTZ3, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
S‘ PD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S PDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH GROUNO ,DOOR OPEN1 B+
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REARBULKHEAD/RHSlDE

v Pin Description Active Inactive CA8 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRl”ER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAlD B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 i YELLOW DRI”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPlO~i BATTERY POWER SVPPLY B* Bt
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
0 RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND CA1 1 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
0 RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND CA7 1 Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/ DOOR HARNESS GAITER
RP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA?? B-WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
I RP,0-9 SW NETWORK 2 - ,800 Hz
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
2-1800HZ
I RF’,&17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND CAT6 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA45 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPII-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR DPEN,
CA48 I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
FC7 *O-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
v Pin Description Active
0 BT,-l TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
0 BT,-2 FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND GROUNDS
S BTI-8 SCP NETWORK 2-7600 HZ
0 BT,-l0 FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE B+ GROUND Ground Location I Type
I BT,-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BTI-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND BT22L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
I BT,-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Bt BT28L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK 1 RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
S BT,-16 SCP NETWORK
BT34 EYELET ,S,NGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT, CENTER
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ CAlOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURIN SWlTCH STATUS GROUND (INTRUSION) B+ (SECURE) CA31L EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
CA33L EYELET (PAlR, RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
CA33R EYELET IPAIR) - RH X’POST GROUND SCREW
I BTB-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA CA36L EYELET (PAlR) - LH ‘fl POST GROUND SCREW
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND CA36R EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
CCSL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD i CABIN SIDE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. CCSR EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description COMPONENTS
Active Inactive
TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY, Bt Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
I FC1516 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROVND GROUND B+
I FC15-33 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH CC,, 78.WAY FORD IDC S U , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROVND Bt
I FC15~41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND ICRANKING B+ (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
I FC15-65 VALET REQUEST Bt DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
GROUND iMOMENTARY
I FC15-58 NOT 1N PARK MlCROSWlTCH STATUS GROUND ,PARKi B+ (NOT IN PARK1 DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I FC15-83 CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY B+ RDlO, *Z-WA’” FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASiNG , TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
1 FC16-67 KEY IN IGNITION B+ iKEY OUT) RD,, ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
GROUND iKEY IN)
0 FC16-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (PULSE, Bc PO,0 , Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
I FC15-80 DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
EATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Bc PDll 122.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLACK
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK
S FC16~85 DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR RPlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SCP NETWORK
RP,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR -DRIVER DD3, ,&WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-DRIVER REAR RD3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-PASSENGER PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR RP3,G~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
LOGIC GROUND DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz DOOR CASlNGiTRlM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
POWER GROUND
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR RP3, B-WA,’ ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR BT16,2-WAY LABINOLINATURAL TR”NK,LH FRONT
B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST Bt (MOMENTARY) GROUND ,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4,8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND iDOOR OPEN) B+ TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33, ,-WAY COAXiAL CONNECTOR
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2, &WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
‘J Pin Description Active Inactive BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,ZO.WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ SPLlCE HEADER - CA223
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND BT43, Z-WAY LAEINAL, BROWN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
LOGlC GROUND GROUND GROUND BT42,2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
SCP NEiWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH FC14,6-WAY JAE IL-AGS, GREEN FASCiA SWITCH PACK
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,800 Hz
POWER GROUND (FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
GROUND GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATiON BT4, ,2-WAYAUGAT I.G,BLACK BEHlND TRUNK LID LINER
GROUND GROUND TRUNK SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RELAYS


v Pin Description Active Inactive Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Bt B+ DOOR LOCKING RELAY VIOLET CA%, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET
LOGIC GROUND GROUND
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
POWER GROUND GROUND

PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH


HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL/ BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ,TR”NK, REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DR,“ER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
v Pin Description Active Inactive CA8 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA10 E-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW DR,“ER ‘%’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BATTER,’ POWER SUPPLY Bt Bt
CA,, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK BC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND CA?, Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr CA12 B-WA,‘MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 G-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH CA45 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
CA46 a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRl”ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE FC1
FC7 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
D Pin Description Active Inactive
0 BTI-7 TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE GROUND
B+ IPULSE,
0 871-2
S STY-8
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND GROUNDS
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
0 BT,-l0
I BT,-13
FUEL FlLLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT,-14 LOGIC GROUND BT22L EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND
1 ST,-15 BATTER,‘POWER SUPPLY Bt BT28L EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK/ RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD - EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
BA
S BT,-16 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz BT34 EYELET ISINGLE) - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER

1 BTZ-3 CABOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘pi’ POST GROUND SCREW


TRVNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYI B+
I BTZ-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS B+ (SECURE, CA3lL EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
GROUND (INTRVSIONI
1 BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS CA33L EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
I BT2-18 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA CA36L EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BTG-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD CA36R EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
GROUND
CCBL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. CCBR EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC,?L EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts +
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in unde&anding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
WASHER FLUlDLEVEL
SENSOR GROUND IFULL) ST IEMPTY) Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
VARIABLE INTERMlrrENTWlPE
REOUEST BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCHEDGROUND GROUND FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SIDELAMPREQUEST GROUND
POWER WASHRELAY ACT,“ATE GROUND
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY ACT,“ATE GROUND IFAST) ST19, EYELET
WINSHIELD WASHER PUMP KT,“ATE !3+ COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 lYELLOW
FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST GROUND ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
PROGRAMMED WASH REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY, POWER WPlSH PUMP Em, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK RIGHT FRONT OUARTER PANEL l WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND WASH /WIPE STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC,, I*-WAY M"LTlLOCK 070 I WHiTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWliCH STATUS ADJACENTTOSTEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUND IPARKED)
BATrERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Bc
SLOW, FLICK WIPE REa”EST GROUND
BATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY BLACK LS,, , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY BLACK LS11, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
POWERWASH RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY ~$4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX: ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Location I Access
EM3 PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
EMSl ENGlNE CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
FC5 BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3 LH ‘A, POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE, - EMSBULKHEAD
GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18R EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlPL EYELET (PAIRI - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


J Pin Description COMPONENTS
Active Inactive
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND Bt FC,5,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST GROUND iCRANKING, Bt BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYI Bt CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH CC,, ,G~WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CENTRAL LOCKING SWTCH - SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOVEST GROUND ,MOMENTARY~ Bc (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST GROUND rMOMENT*RY) Bt
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Bc DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SCP NElwDRK E 1500 Hz DDll , zz-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hi DOOR CASiNG ,‘TRlM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO: 22.WA’Y FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST GROUND B-
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER PDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
PD,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER II BLACK
‘J Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR RPlO !22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLUE DOOR CASlNG: TRlM PANEL
RPll i 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
WlNDOW NT MOTOR DOWN
LOGIC GROUND
SUPPLY
&“ND
&O”ND
GROUND
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER DD3,13-WA.y ECDNOSEAL ,I, LC I BLACK DOOR CASlNG ! T81M PANEL

,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24,48~WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL .; BLACK FASCIA


SCP NEnniORK 2 ,600 HZ FCE, 24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL , BLACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 HI
REAR WINDOW lNHlBlT SWITCH DD, 1 &WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW bP REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 j ,G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 I 26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) BT6, &WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYl
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROVND S,SDiNG ROOF CONTROL MODULE C&4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY)
SLlDiNG ROOF MOTOR SRZ, SWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) EOUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SLlDiNG ROOF SWITCH CA53,8-WAY M”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOVEST GPOUND IMOMENTARY) GROUND (ROOF CONSOLES
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER REAR DOOR RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR TRlM PANEL
SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR PD? , Z&WAY ME-26 /YELLOW
v Pin Description Active Inactive SWlTCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRIVER DD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING! TRIM PANEL
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ &UN, WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL 111LC,BLACK DOOR CASING I TRIM PANEL
2 - 1600 HZ
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER REAR RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli LC,BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND WNDOW MT SWiTCH DD, ,26-WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW DOOR TRiM PANEL
MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON GROUND GROUND iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK1

DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYI GROUND -
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Connector Type / Color Location / Access
V Pin Description Active Inactive CA8 20.W.4Y
MULTlLOCK
070I WHlTE DRI”ER ‘Y POST, DOOR HARNESS GAiTER
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY B+ CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY %O”ND ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘% POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA1 1
LOGIC GROUND &O”ND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600HZ CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LlFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND CA14 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘B,? POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600Hz PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND CA\16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FC5 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
1 PDll-6 PASSENGER DOOR SwTCH PACK Wlwow up REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARY) GROUND
I PDll-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ ,MOMENTARYI GROUND FC7 20-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE


c7 Pin Description Active Inactive GROUNDS
RPIO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Ground Location / Type
LA RP10-7 PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND %OUND EYELET IPAIR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT22L
RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr
2 RPiO~lB PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UPSUPPLY Bt GROUND ET34 EYELET (SINGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER
s RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CASOL
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
CA30R EYELET ,PAlRi - LH X’ POST GROUND SCREW
I RPll-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND CA33L EYELET ipAIR - RH ‘7,’ POST GROUND SCREW
I RPll-21 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REO”ES7 B+ iMOMENTARYi GROUNO
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE CA36L EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CCSR EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
V Pin Description Active Inactive
SCP NETWORK 2 ,500 Hz
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
LOGIC GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ EROUND
SCP NETWORK *-LBOOHr
BTS~i KEY FOB ANTENNA +I
BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHlELD GROUND

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE


D Pin Description Active Inactive
BA”ERY SUPPLY B+
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REDJEST %O”ND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (MOMENTARY) &OUND
DRl”ER DOOR -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND B+
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYI Bt
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYI Bi
SK-1 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+
: SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY BL

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


v Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I
, ;:;::g
IGNITION SWlTCHED
IGNITION SWITCHED
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND *+ Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
GROUND
I FC15-4,
FC15-46
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
GROUND ICRANKING i: BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BULKHEAD! BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUND IMOMENTARY B+
: FC15~47 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOUEST CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH Ccl, ,G-WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
I CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST ;RO”ND IMOMENTARY) 2 (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
, g:;; BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE Br
SCP NETWORK DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DDlO, Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
$1::;; 2-1600Hr
z SCP NETWORK * - 1600 HZ DD,, I Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I FC15-89 REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST GROUND B+ DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDIO, *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDII ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER PDIO I *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
PO1 1 i 22 WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
v Pin Description Active Inactive DOOR CASiNG, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR RPlO! *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B- RPll ! 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B7 GROUND
LOGIC GROUND DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL /I/ LC i BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz ,NSTR”MENT PACK FCZ4, WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL: BLACK FGCIA
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DR,“ER WINDOW DOWN REOUEST ;;O”ND (MOMENTARY
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY FCX, *I-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
%O”ND
SCP NETWORK p;mDHZ KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33, l-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
POWER GROUND GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REOUEST REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
GROUND ,MOMENTARY) GROUND
DRlVER DooR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW up REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BTI , ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
DDII-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST B- (MOMENTARYI GROUND
DDII-6 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW UP REOUEST BTZ, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
GROUND (MOMENTARY1 GROUND
DD,,-7 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B- (MOMENTARY1 GROUND BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DD,,-I2 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY1 GROUND
DD,,-15 SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE CA@, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY
DD,,-2, DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ (MOMENTARYI &O”ND SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SRZ, I-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
DD,,-22 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY, GROUND SLlDlNG ROOF SWITCH CA%, B~WA” MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
(ROOF CONSOLE,
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE SWITCH PACK- DRIVER REAR DOOR RD1 , B-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
v Pin Description Active Inactive SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR PD1 , Z-WAY MOS~X, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR w1 i ~-WAY LAG/GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LlFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY %O”ND WINDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRlVER DDIS, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
LOGIC GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK WiNDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY GROUND WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER PDIB, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND GROUND WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER REAR RP,6,P-WAYECONOSEALIII X/BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND DOORTRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT SWITCH DDI , Z&WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REOUEST iDRIVER DOOR SWiTCH PACK)
GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS


v Pin Description Active Inactive Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CAB X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY %~UND CA,0 I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LOGIC GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK CA, 1 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR VP SUPPLY GROUND
SCP NETWORK CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
POWER GROUND GROUND CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRlVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
1 PD,,-6 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I PO,,-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) %%E FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
V Pin Description Active Inactive
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
LOGIC GROUND
REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY :: GROUNDS
GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY GROUND Ground Location I Type
SW NETWORK zB+ ,600 Hz
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND BTZ2L EYELET IPAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT34 EYELET iSiNGLEi - KEY FoB ANTENNA GROUND I BACKLIGHT i CENTER
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY)
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) CABOL EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CAlOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE CA331 EYELET (PAIRI - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

v Pin CA33R EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW


Description Active Inactive
CAJSL EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘& POST GROUND SCREW
SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND CA36R EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
LOGIC GROUND GROUND CCBR EYELET iPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SlDE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY EROUND
SCP NETWORK ZBi ,600 Hz
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6~2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
f-
v Pin Description Active Inactive
BA”ERY SUPPLY B+ B+
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARY
GROUND SUPPLY Ep;;KN;; ,MOMENTARYi ‘@“ND
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY BC
SLIDING ROOF SWlTCH CLOSE REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) Bt
SRZ-1 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
: SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
c FC24-24 CANNETWORK 15-1500Hz Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
c FC24-47 CANNETWORK 15-1500Hz ANTENNAMOTOR BT19,G~WAY
YAZAKITYPEc, WHITE ANTENNA MOTORASSEMBLY,
BATrERY
COVER
CDAUTO-CHANGER m, CDA”TOCHANGER DATACABLE TRUNKLHSlDEiTRUNKCARPET
0 FCE-20 VEHICLE
SPEED 22HZ@10MPH(16KM/HI;44Hz@20MPH(32KMIHI@Bi ,NSTR”MENTPACK FC24,48-WAY
AMPMODVLE PCSSIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
FCE, 24.WAY
AMPMODVLE PCSSGNAL, BLACK
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT RADIO,CASSETTE
HEADUNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lClO,20-WAY MULTLOCK 070 , WHlTE
iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
7 Pin Description Active Inactive ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
RADIO ANTENNA CA,, COAXlAL CONNECTOR
I IC10-1 “EHlCLESPEED 22HZ@10MPH(1.5KM/H,;44HZ@20MPH132KM/HI@B+ RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) sw4,3-WAY WC, BLACK, WHITE STEERING WHEEL
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL
AUDIOCONTROLS 0 v = MODE,1.2” = SEEK.
2 4” = VOLUME
‘+‘,3.7v = VOLUME
‘-’ 5v RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RX, TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
0 IC,&S ANTENNA LIP B- GROUND SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - LH CA56 /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - RH CA%, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER SIDE RD6,2-WPIY GROTE & HARTMAN MIX, BLACK DOOR CASING!TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MlD-BASS - PASSENGER SDE RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER - DRi”ER SlDE RD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASNG /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE RP5, ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS - DRIVER SIDE ,206, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MDBASS - PASSENGER SlDE Pm, 2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASlNG , TRW PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER DRIVER SIDE DD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK , BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE PD5,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRl”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN TRAY
ICI 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE LH HEELBOARD
ICC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT28L EYELET iPAlRi TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTlON VEHICLES1
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) - RADIO GROUND STUD, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

t-

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
c X24-24 CANNETWORK Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
c FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, BYWAY YAZAKI TYPE C i WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY! BATTERY COVER
CD AUTOXHANGER 1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
0 FC25 20 VEHICLE SPEED
,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL II BLACK FASCIA
FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
POWER AMPLiFlER ICX! ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE TRVNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
POWER AMPLIFIER IC31 , ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
7 Pin Description Inactive RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
iCl0 120.WA” MULTILOCK /WHITE
OM” IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
OM” RAD,O ANTENNA CA,, COAXIAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
GROUND RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES (STEERING WHEEL) w/4,3-WAY EPC, BLACKiWHlTE STEERING WHEEL
0 M” RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RT2, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
0 M” SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER - LH CA!%, ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK LH ‘K POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘N POST TWEETER - RH CA54, MVAYMULTILOCK 040: BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS -DRIVER SIDE RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MID~BASS PASSENGER SIDE RF%, 2.WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER -DRIVER SIDE RD5, ?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE RPS ,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING lTRlM PANEL
r;J Pin Description Active Inactive SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS- DRIVER SIDE DD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
I ICIO-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+
SPEAKER. FRONT DOOR MlD-BASS PASSENGER SIDE PD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS SUBWOOFER BT52 I ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK: BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK /TRUNK CARPET
0 v = MODE, 1 2 ” = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME ‘L’ 5v
ST53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK i BLACK
0 IC1E ANTENNA UP B+ GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
54-WAY THROVGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘I POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘WC POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
54~WA.Y THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, CON TRAY
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22R EYELET iPAiR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L EYELET ,PA,R, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES1
CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) RADIO GROUND STUD /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64, COAXIAL CONNECTOR BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RT65, COAXIAL CONNECTOR HEATED BACKLIGHT, HEADLlNlNG, REAR
RT66, COAXlAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HANDSET RT5, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 I ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLUF ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT3, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
RT, TELEPHONE! PROPRlETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT2 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38R EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR


v Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
0 CAS1-I LH SEAT BELT WETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
0 C&l-2 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT ,uRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR CAM, %-WAY EL050 /YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
0 CAS,-3 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER POWER SUPPLY BT OPEN CIRCUIT A,RBAG - DRIVER SIDE SW, ,,3-w*Y EPC i BLACK CENTER OF STEERlNG WHEEL
0 CAS,-4 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT AIRBAG - PASSENGER SIDE CA.81 , SWAY CARDEL, FORD, GREY PASSENGER AIR BAG
I CA61-5 IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ GROUND SEAT BELT WETENSIONER - LH CA.62, Z-WAY FORD AIRBAG, YELLOW INSlDE LH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC POST TRIM
I CA6M GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER- RH CA&, 2.WAY FORD AlRBAG , YELLOW iNSIDE RH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC’ POST TRIM
0 CAS,-7 INSTRUMENT PACK’SRS’ MIL GROUND (NO FAULT, SC SM,S-D,?-WPIYAMPHENOL,YELLOW DRIVER SEAT, SIDE
SlDE AIRBAG -DRIVER
D CA61-9 DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT ENCODED COMMUNICATION SlDE AiRBAG - PASSENGER SM,5-P,2WAYAMPHENOL,YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT, SlDE
0 CAG1-10 STEERING WHEEL AIR&&G POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT CA,S, S-WAY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK INSIDE ‘B/c’ POST, ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
S,DE lMPACT SENSOR LH
0 CAS,-ll STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN ClRCUiT CA**, B~WAIY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK INSIDE ‘WC POST,‘B,C’ POSTTRIM
SlDE lMPACT SENSOR - RH
0 CA61-13 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY ST OPEN ClRCUlT SPL,CE HEADER - CA225 CA225, ZO~WAY S”MlTOM0 SPLICE HEADER / JRAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
0 CA61-14 PASSENGER FASCIA AlRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
0 CAB,-16 DRIVER SiDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
0 CM-17 DRIVER SDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
0 CASI-18 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
0 CA61~19 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT Connector Type / Color Location I Access
1 CA61-20 LH SIDE hIPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND B+ CA66 3.WAYFORD,CARD,BLACK BELOW SEAT
I CASI-21 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROVND B+ CA72 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLPLCK BELOW SEAT
1 CA61~22 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) SC FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SiDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
1 CM-23 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROVND ,SHORTEDi B+ SW,0 J-WAY EPC, BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I C.461~24 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND ,NO FAULT) GROUND
I CA61-25 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT) GROUND
0 CM,-40 SW AUDiBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA48 EYELET (SINGLE) RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW MRBAG ONLY GROUND)

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


7 Pin Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
I FC15~4 HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) B+ Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
0 FC, 5~70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FC15-80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B* B+ C,GAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA74, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR CATS, Z-WAY CIGAR LIGHTER, YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING PDSILDCK MKI
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT IS, 10.WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSE i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
LS7,10 WAY U.T.A. FUSE SOX, GREEN
LS8, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
STiO, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK ST, 0,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I NATURAL TRUNK ELECTWCAL CARRIER
ST,, ,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
BT12,lO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX/GREEN
BT13, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP,, VVVAY BLADE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
HP2, ,-WAY BLADE
HORN LH LS46, LUCAR - LOCKlNG POSILOCK MKI FORWARD OF RADIATOR - LH SIDE, RADiATOR GRILLE
LS47, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
HORN - RH LS48, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI FORWARD OF RADIATOR - RH SIDE, RADIATOR GRILLE
LS49, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CA,, , Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT25,3WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK ADJACENT TO BA”ERY, BATTERY COVER

RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#6, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK/ REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
EM1 lW”AY PlUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM3 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SC2 l&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SWZ B-WAY JST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT?lR EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
CABlR EYELET ,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
FC17R EYELET ,P*,Rl- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSIBR EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20R EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
ABS iTRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LS27,25-WAY AMP, FORD I BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,11-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i, BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER DDIO, 2%WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOI,, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO, T-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER PDtO i 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
PDlt , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR RPlO ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
RP, l/22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ,16-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47!WH\TE
Eb.415, Z-WAY MULTlLDCK 47 /WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14,lO~WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
lNSTRUMENT PACK FC24 14%WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
FC25, h-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL! BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER SM,-D, 18.WAYFORD 28TIMER,BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SM2-D, 26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW&D, 10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222,2&WAY SUMITOMD SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER CA223 CAZ23, PO-WAY SUMiTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSiON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC EM61,18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM62,1CWAYAMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
CA8 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA1 1 DWAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE P*SSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA18 PO-W*Y MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CA23 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER WC’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 &WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR H*RNESS GAITER
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM2 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER
FCl 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT: GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WH!TE ABOVE DiMbIER MODULE, COIN TRAY
FCll II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
ADAPTIVE
DAMPING
CONTROL
MODULE EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTlMER,BLACK ADJACENTTOPASSENGER
SIDEBLOWER,
GLOVE BOXASSEMBLY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CCZ8,26-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY
cc30, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
cc31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL ccz7,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AlRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR C.461, SO-WAY EL050, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR cm, 16-WAY AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTILOCK OK! GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM1 1,1G~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,3.%WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM14,12-WAY M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15122~WAY MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA225 CA225, T-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA19 ZO-WAYMULTILOCK
070,YELLOW LH‘K POST CONNECTORMOVNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
EM2 ZwdAYMULTILOCK
070,GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINiSHER
EM3 14WAYM”LTlLOCK
070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINISHER
EM53 2wvvAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘I’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCll ,*-WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE ABOVEDIMMER MOO”LE,COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
ccx EYELET IPAIR)- RHFRONT BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN SlDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
XJ Series 1998 Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix

BPM Body Processor Module


DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DRDCM Driver Rear Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
INST Instrument Pack
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PRDCM Passenger Rear Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 i


Appendix XJ Series 1998

CAN Messages by Node


Node: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message Usage
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
CAN engine speed Engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM
CAN engine fault codes ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM To external diagnostics device only

ii DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Appendix

CAN Messages by Node


Node: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message Usage Source
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABS
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABS
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off ABS
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCM
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ABS
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared ABS
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control INST
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure INST
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of Can gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCM
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 iii


Appendix XJ Series 1998

CAN Messages by Node


Node: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip
CAN kickdown Kickdown status
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTCs should switch MIL on
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM To external diagnostics device only

Received by TCM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token– ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG

iv DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Appendix

CAN Messages by Node


Node: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message Usage
CAN side lamp status Sidelamp status for idle speed control
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN NWM token INST Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out INST To external diagnostics device only

Received by INST
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from the injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 v


Appendix XJ Series 1998

CAN Messages by Node


Node: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS / TCCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention
CAN fast torque reduction ignition For fast stability control response – ignition retard
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder For fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TCCM
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS From external diagnostics device only

Received by ABS / TC CM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slop TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift TCM
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine DTCs ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG

vi DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Appendix

CAN Messages by Node


Node: Gear Selector Illumination Module (listen Only)
Received by Gear Selector Illumination Module
Message Usage Source
CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCM
CAN gear selection fault TCM

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 vii


Appendix XJ Series 1998

CAN Message Matrix


T = Transmit; R = Receive
Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN torque reduction throttle T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction ignition T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN traction acknowledge R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN torque reduction request .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission overload .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission input speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission output speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter slip R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN kickdown R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN traction status T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN ABS PECUS flag T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN vehicle reference speed T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN reference distance traveled T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN ABS fault codes T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS fault code MIL status T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS malfunction T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN ABS status T .................................................................................................................
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque .................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN throttle position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN pedal position R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN torque reduction acknowledge .................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN engine speed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN brake pedal pressed R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN cruise status .................. T ................. *R .....................................................................
CAN park brake status .................. T ...................................... *R ...............................................
CAN OBDII clear fault codes R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
CAN side lamp status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN dipped beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN main beam status .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN oil pressure low .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN fuel level raw .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN fuel level damped .................. R ....................................... T ................................................
CAN gear position actual R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter status R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN gear position selected R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
CAN gear selection fault R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
CAN transmission shift map R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission oil temperature .................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN transmission malfunction R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN TCM PECUS flag ........................................ T ................. R ................................................
CAN gear position target ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN torque transfer in progress ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN TCM fault code MIL status .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission fault codes R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN engine coolant temperature .................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN engine OBDII MIL R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................

* NA engines only
** SC engines only

viii DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Appendix

Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN throttle malfunction red R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN engine fault codes R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN fuel used .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – ECM R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – INST R ................. R ................. R .................. T ................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM .................. R .................................................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ........................................ R ............................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – INST ............................................................. R ....................................... T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R ........................................................................................................ T .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM .................. T ................................................................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data out – INST .............................................................. T ....................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ........................................................................................................ R .....

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ix


Appendix XJ Series 1998

SCP Message Matrix


T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T .............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
2 Brake pedal pressed T .............. R ....................................................................................................................... R .....
3 Module not programmed R ............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
4 Left hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
5 Valet mode OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
6 Non-superlocking vehicle ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
7 Trailer disconnected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
8 Right hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
9 Valet mode ON ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
10 Superlocking ON ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
11 Trailer connected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
12 Reverse gear selected T ................................................. R .................................................................................... R .....
13 Not-in-park switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
14 Not-in-park switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
15 Engine running T .............. R ................................................................................................................................
16 Charging OK T ......................................................................................................................................... R .....
17 Inertia switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
18 Inertia switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
19 Ignition switch status R ............. T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R .............. R .....
20 Key not-in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
21 Key in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
22 Seatbelt telltale OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
23 Low washer fluid warning OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
24 Seatbelt telltale ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
25 Low washer fluid warning ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
26 Security audible indication ............... R .............. T .............. T .................................................................................... T .....
27 Remote panic enabled ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
28 Intrusion sensing disabled ...................................................................................................................................................
29 Security disarm ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
30 Ignition key invalid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
31 Intrusion breach ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
32 Intrusion self-check failure ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
33 Intrusion sensing enabled ...................................................................................................................................................
34 Security armed ............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
35 Ignition key valid ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
36 Memory set chime ............... R .................................................................................... T ........................................
37 Recall memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
38 Recall memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
39 Recall memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
40 Set memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
41 Set memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
42 Set memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
43 Stop memory recall ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
44 Memory LED OFF ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
45 Memory recall cancelled ............... T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............................. R ........................................
46 Memory LED ON ................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
47 Mirror fold-flat ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
48 Mirror fold-out ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
49 Stop mirror ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
50 Driver mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
51 Passenger mirror up ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
52 Driver mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
53 Passenger mirror down ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
54 Passenger mirror right ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................

x DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997


XJ Series 1998 Appendix

# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
55 Passenger mirror left ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
57 Unlock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....
59 Remote trunk release ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
60 Lock all doors ............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................
61 Lock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
69 Driver door lock cylinder status ............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
71 Remote transmitter ID ....................................................................................................... R ............................... T .....
72 Vehicle locked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
77 Open trunk ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
79 Driver front door closed R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
80 Passenger front door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
81 Driver rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
82 Passenger rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
85 Driver front door ajar R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
86 Passenger front door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
88 Passenger rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
89 Trunk ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
93 Sunroof position status ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
95 Stop sunroof close ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
96 Stop passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
97 Stop driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
98 Stop passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
100 Open passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
101 Open driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
102 Open passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................
105 Close sunroof ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
106 Close passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
107 Close driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................

(continued)

DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 xi


Appendix XJ Series 1998

SCP Message Matrix


T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
108 Close passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
109 Inhibit rear window switches ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
110 Tail lamp failure R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
111 Stop lamp failure R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
112 Tail lamps OK R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
113 Stop lamps OK R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
114 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
115 Remote headlamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
116 Rear fog lamps ON ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
117 Remote headlamps ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
118 Dip beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
119 Side lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
120 Hazard lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
121 Left DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
122 Right DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
123 Main beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
124 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
125 Main beam flash disabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
126 Dip beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
127 Side lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
128 Hazard lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
129 Left DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
130 Right DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
131 Main beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
132 Rear fogs status – ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
133 Main beam flash enabled ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
134 Interior lights OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
135 Interior lights ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
136 Valet mode message OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
137 Valet mode message R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
138 Wake-up network T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
139 Network status – awake T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ...
140 Entering sleep mode T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ....... . T / R ...

xii DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

You might also like